1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
325 This, however, is due
326 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
327 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
328 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
329 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
331 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
332 this doesn't work for equations yet.
335 \begin_layout Standard
336 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
344 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
349 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
350 ing sections of this documentation.
353 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
363 of the manuals from inside LyX.
364 Just select the manual you want read from the
371 \begin_layout Section
373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
375 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
384 without resorting to configuration files.
385 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
386 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
387 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
392 \begin_inset Index idx
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
403 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
408 \begin_inset space \space{}
411 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
412 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
418 \begin_inset Index idx
421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
422 Reconfiguration of LyX
427 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
430 \begin_layout Section
432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
434 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
441 \begin_layout Standard
442 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
443 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
445 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
446 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
453 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
454 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
457 \begin_layout Standard
458 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
459 you can view from the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
481 reconfigure LyX (menu
483 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
487 \begin_inset Note Note
490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
491 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
499 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
500 More about TeX Code is described in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
511 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
518 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
528 \begin_inset Index idx
531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
532 Reconfiguration of LyX
537 See section 5.1 of the
541 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
544 \begin_layout Chapter
548 \begin_layout Section
549 Basic File Operations
550 \begin_inset Index idx
553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
562 \begin_layout Standard
567 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
568 in addition to some more advanced operations:
571 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 arg "dialog-show print"
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
768 space is just that — a big, blank space.
776 \begin_layout Standard
797 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
802 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
827 will reload the document from disk.
828 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
829 and want to restore it to the last save.
838 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
839 can identify them as your changes.
842 \begin_layout Section
843 Basic Editing Features
844 \begin_inset Index idx
847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
856 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
865 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
866 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
867 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
869 We'll start with cut and paste.
872 \begin_layout Standard
873 As you might expect, the
877 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
878 various other editing features.
879 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
883 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_layout Itemize
911 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_layout Itemize
961 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
970 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1199 LyX offers also an advanced
1202 \begin_inset space ~
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1211 feature that is described in sec.
1212 \begin_inset space ~
1216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1218 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1225 \begin_layout Standard
1226 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1227 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1229 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1234 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1241 \begin_layout Section
1243 \begin_inset Index idx
1246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1253 \begin_inset Index idx
1256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1265 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1274 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1280 or the toolbar button
1286 to undo some mistake.
1287 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1292 or the toolbar button
1299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1306 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1310 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1313 \begin_layout Standard
1314 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1323 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1324 This is a consequence of the 100
1325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1328 step undo limit, above.
1331 \begin_layout Standard
1340 work on almost everything in LyX.
1341 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1345 \begin_layout Section
1347 \begin_inset Index idx
1350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1359 \begin_layout Standard
1360 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1363 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 \begin_layout Itemize
1373 once anywhere in the edit window.
1374 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1378 \begin_layout Enumerate
1383 \begin_layout Itemize
1389 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1392 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1395 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1398 \begin_layout Itemize
1399 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1401 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1408 \begin_layout Enumerate
1409 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1413 \begin_layout Standard
1414 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1415 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1419 \begin_layout Section
1421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1423 name "sec:Navigating"
1428 \begin_inset Index idx
1431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1449 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1450 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1453 \begin_layout Itemize
1454 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1456 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1459 or by the toolbar button
1462 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1468 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1471 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1474 and use the same menu to return to them.
1475 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1482 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1491 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1492 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1493 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1494 your last editing position.
1497 \begin_layout Subsection
1501 \begin_layout Standard
1502 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1510 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1511 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1512 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1513 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1514 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1517 LatexCommand formatted
1518 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1522 ), or notes, or citations (see
1523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1524 LatexCommand formatted
1525 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1530 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1532 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1533 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1534 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1535 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1538 LatexCommand formatted
1539 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1543 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1545 LatexCommand formatted
1546 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1551 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1556 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1557 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1558 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1559 dialog and to modify the citation.
1560 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1567 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1568 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1579 \begin_layout Standard
1580 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1581 you further to control the display.
1586 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1587 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1592 option keeps it in the current view state.
1593 Keeping means that when you have e.
1594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1598 \begin_inset space \space{}
1601 the subsections of section
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1605 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1606 \begin_inset space ~
1609 3, the subsections of section
1610 \begin_inset space ~
1613 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1618 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1619 \begin_inset space ~
1623 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1633 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1636 \begin_layout Standard
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1642 \begin_inset Graphics
1643 filename ../images/reload.png
1648 \begin_inset space ~
1651 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1652 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1655 \begin_inset space \space{}
1659 \begin_inset Graphics
1660 filename ../images/down.png
1662 groupId toolbarbuttons
1667 \begin_inset space ~
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/up.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1686 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1687 So, for example, you can move section
1688 \begin_inset space ~
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1695 2.4 or after section
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1700 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1702 \begin_inset Graphics
1703 filename ../images/promote.png
1705 groupId toolbarbuttons
1710 \begin_inset Graphics
1711 filename ../images/demote.png
1713 groupId toolbarbuttons
1717 (or the corresponding key bindings
1725 ) you can change the level of sections.
1726 So you can for example make section
1727 \begin_inset space ~
1731 \begin_inset space ~
1735 \begin_inset space ~
1741 \begin_layout Section
1742 Input / Word Completion
1743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1745 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1750 \begin_inset Index idx
1753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_inset Index idx
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1795 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1797 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1798 is used to propose completions.
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1802 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1803 there are completions available.
1804 You can then press the
1808 key to use this completion.
1809 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1810 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1811 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1821 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1824 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1826 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1829 by deselecting the option
1832 \begin_inset space ~
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1845 \begin_inset space ~
1850 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1851 To accept this proposal, use the
1860 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1861 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1869 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1876 \begin_layout Section
1878 \begin_inset Index idx
1881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1888 \begin_inset Index idx
1891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1920 \begin_inset Index idx
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1954 \begin_layout Standard
1955 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1956 LyX's default is CUA.
1959 \begin_layout Standard
1963 \begin_inset space ~
1971 \begin_inset space ~
1992 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1996 \begin_layout Labeling
1997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2001 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2002 LatexCommand nomenclature
2004 description "Tabulator key"
2010 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2011 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2012 \begin_inset space ~
2016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2018 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2025 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2029 , especially section
2030 \begin_inset space ~
2034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2036 reference "sub:Lists"
2042 If you're still confused, look in the
2049 \begin_layout Labeling
2050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2055 LatexCommand nomenclature
2057 description "Escape key"
2064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2071 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2072 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2075 \begin_layout Labeling
2076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2082 \begin_inset space ~
2086 \begin_inset space ~
2093 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2094 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2098 \begin_layout Standard
2099 There are three modifier keys:
2102 \begin_layout Labeling
2103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2121 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2122 LatexCommand nomenclature
2124 description "Control key"
2128 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2129 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2133 \begin_layout Itemize
2142 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2145 \begin_layout Itemize
2154 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2157 \begin_layout Itemize
2166 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2170 \begin_layout Labeling
2171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2189 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2190 LatexCommand nomenclature
2192 description "Shift key"
2196 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2197 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2200 \begin_layout Labeling
2201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2219 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2220 LatexCommand nomenclature
2222 description "Alt or Meta key"
2226 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2227 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2228 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2234 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2236 menu accelerator keys
2239 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2240 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2244 \begin_layout Standard
2245 For example, the sequence
2246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2252 \begin_inset space ~
2256 \begin_inset space ~
2262 \begin_inset space ~
2270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2289 \begin_inset space ~
2295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2310 manual lists all other things bound to the
2318 \begin_layout Standard
2319 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2320 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2321 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2322 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2323 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2324 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2325 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2327 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2343 followed by a capital
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2351 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2353 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2358 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2361 as explained in sec.
2362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2368 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2375 \begin_layout Chapter
2377 \begin_inset Index idx
2380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 \begin_layout Section
2391 \begin_inset Index idx
2394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2403 \begin_layout Subsection
2407 \begin_layout Standard
2408 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2409 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2410 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2411 numbering schemes, and so on.
2412 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2413 and format the title of your document differently.
2416 \begin_layout Standard
2421 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2422 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2423 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2424 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2425 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2428 \begin_layout Standard
2429 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2430 how to adjust their properties.
2433 \begin_layout Subsection
2435 \begin_inset Index idx
2438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2447 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2454 \begin_layout Standard
2455 You can select a class using the
2457 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2458 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2462 \begin_inset Index idx
2465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2472 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2480 \begin_layout Standard
2481 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Article for basic articles
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 Report for basic reports
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Book for writing a book
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Letter for US-style letters
2501 \begin_layout Standard
2502 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2503 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2504 will include many of these.
2505 Here are some of the classes.
2506 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2508 Special Document Classes
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2521 \begin_layout Description
2522 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2526 \begin_layout Description
2527 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2531 \begin_layout Description
2532 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2533 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2534 There are three article layouts available.
2535 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2536 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2537 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2538 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2543 sequential numbering
2544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2547 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2548 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2549 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2550 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2553 \begin_layout Description
2554 Beamer Layout for presentations
2557 \begin_layout Description
2558 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2559 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2563 \begin_layout Description
2564 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2567 \begin_layout Description
2569 \begin_inset space ~
2572 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2575 \begin_layout Description
2576 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 Foils Used to make transparencies
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2585 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2589 \begin_layout Description
2590 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2591 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2594 \begin_layout Description
2595 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2598 \begin_layout Description
2599 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2604 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2605 (Is used by this document.)
2608 \begin_layout Description
2609 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2612 \begin_layout Description
2613 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2616 \begin_layout Description
2621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2629 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2631 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2634 \begin_layout Description
2635 Slides Used to make transparencies
2638 \begin_layout Description
2640 \begin_inset space ~
2643 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2644 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2647 \begin_layout Description
2648 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2651 \begin_layout Standard
2652 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2654 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2660 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2661 of the document classes.
2664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2668 \begin_layout Standard
2669 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2672 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2674 \begin_inset Index idx
2677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2694 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2695 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2697 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2700 \begin_layout Standard
2702 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2703 and some of them, like
2707 , are highly specialized.
2708 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2709 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2711 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2712 by some document class.
2713 There are just too many of them.
2714 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2717 \begin_layout Standard
2718 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2726 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2727 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2728 document class for a new file.
2729 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2734 Installing new LaTeX files
2735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2742 manual for information on how to install them.
2743 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2749 \begin_layout Standard
2750 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2751 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2753 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2754 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2755 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2757 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2760 \begin_inset space ~
2767 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2779 \begin_inset Index idx
2782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2793 chosen document class.
2794 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2795 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2806 \begin_inset Index idx
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2816 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2820 \begin_layout Standard
2821 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2822 always installed by default.
2823 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2824 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2825 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2826 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2827 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2828 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2829 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2832 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2836 \begin_inset Index idx
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2840 Reconfiguration of LyX
2846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2849 Installing new LaTeX files
2850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2857 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2869 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2870 LyX will advise you about these things.
2878 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2880 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2882 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2887 \begin_inset Index idx
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2891 Document ! Local Layout
2899 \begin_layout Standard
2900 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2901 used in a variety of different documents.
2902 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2903 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2904 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2905 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2906 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2907 What you want is LyX's
2908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2924 manual for information on how to use it.
2927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2931 \begin_layout Standard
2932 Each class has a default set of options.
2933 Here's a quick table describing them:
2936 \begin_layout Standard
2937 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2943 \begin_layout Standard
2945 \begin_inset Tabular
2946 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2947 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2948 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2949 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2950 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2951 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3406 \begin_layout Standard
3407 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3413 \begin_layout Standard
3414 You're probably also wondering what
3415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3419 \begin_inset space ~
3423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3427 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3428 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3433 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3438 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3448 headings, there are also
3456 headings, and so on.
3457 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3458 \begin_inset space ~
3462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3464 reference "sub:Headings"
3471 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3475 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3480 \begin_inset Index idx
3483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3492 \begin_inset Index idx
3495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3504 \begin_layout Standard
3505 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3507 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3514 \begin_inset space ~
3522 \begin_inset space ~
3527 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3529 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3530 to use for your document.
3531 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3535 \begin_layout Standard
3542 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3548 \begin_inset space ~
3553 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3554 You can choose between the following five options:
3557 \begin_layout Labeling
3558 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3563 Use default page style of current class.
3566 \begin_layout Labeling
3567 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3572 No page numbers or headings.
3575 \begin_layout Labeling
3576 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3584 \begin_layout Labeling
3585 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3590 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3591 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3592 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3595 \begin_layout Labeling
3596 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3601 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3602 have the LaTeX-package
3607 \begin_inset Index idx
3610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3611 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3617 How they are defined is explained in section
3618 \begin_inset space ~
3622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3624 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3631 \begin_layout Standard
3632 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3633 \begin_inset space ~
3637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3639 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3646 \begin_layout Subsection
3647 Paper Size and Orientation
3648 \begin_inset Index idx
3651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3652 Document ! Paper size
3658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3660 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3667 \begin_layout Standard
3668 You find the following options in the menu
3671 \begin_inset space ~
3678 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3684 \begin_inset Index idx
3687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3696 \begin_layout Labeling
3697 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3701 \begin_inset space ~
3706 What size paper to print on.
3711 \begin_layout Itemize
3717 \begin_layout Itemize
3723 \begin_layout Itemize
3729 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 \begin_layout Itemize
3738 US letter, US legal, US executive
3741 \begin_layout Itemize
3747 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Labeling
3755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3760 To choose whether to output as
3771 \begin_layout Labeling
3772 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3776 \begin_inset space ~
3781 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3782 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3785 \begin_layout Subsection
3787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3794 \begin_inset Index idx
3797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3804 \begin_inset Index idx
3807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3816 \begin_layout Standard
3817 Paper margins are set in the menu
3819 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3823 \begin_inset Index idx
3826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3836 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3837 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3838 the paper format and the font size into account.
3841 \begin_layout Subsection
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3851 That includes the paragraph environments.
3852 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3853 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3854 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3855 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3864 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3866 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3867 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3868 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3871 \begin_layout Section
3872 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3873 \begin_inset Index idx
3876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3877 Paragraph ! Indentation
3885 \begin_layout Subsection
3887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3889 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3896 \begin_layout Standard
3897 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3898 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3902 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3903 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3904 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3905 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3909 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3915 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3916 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3917 language than English.
3918 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3921 \begin_layout Standard
3922 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3923 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3925 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3926 LyX takes care of that.
3927 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3929 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3930 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3931 of a page, and so on.
3935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3936 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3941 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3942 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3946 of these pre-coded spacings.
3947 We will explain more later.
3950 \begin_layout Subsection
3951 Paragraph Separation
3952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3954 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3959 \begin_inset Index idx
3962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3963 Paragraph ! Separation
3971 \begin_layout Standard
3972 To separate paragraphs, select
3983 \begin_inset space ~
3990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3994 \begin_inset Index idx
3997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4003 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4006 \begin_layout Subsection
4010 \begin_layout Standard
4011 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4014 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4016 \begin_inset space ~
4021 dialog and toggle the
4024 \begin_inset space ~
4029 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4032 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4036 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4037 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4043 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4046 \begin_layout Subsection
4048 \begin_inset Index idx
4051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4052 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4060 \begin_layout Standard
4063 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4067 \begin_inset Index idx
4070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4079 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4082 \begin_inset space ~
4091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4092 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4097 \begin_inset Index idx
4100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4101 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4106 installed to use this feature.
4114 \begin_layout Section
4115 Paragraph Environments
4116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4118 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4127 Paragraph ! Environments
4133 \begin_inset Index idx
4136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4137 Paragraph environments|(
4145 \begin_layout Subsection
4149 \begin_layout Standard
4150 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4153 \begin_layout Standard
4172 \begin_inset Newline newline
4175 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4176 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4177 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4186 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4189 \begin_layout Standard
4190 A paragraph environment is simply a
4191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4198 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4199 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4200 scheme, labels, and so on.
4201 Additionally, you can
4202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4209 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4210 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4211 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4212 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4213 days of typewriters.
4214 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4216 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4219 \begin_layout Standard
4220 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4221 \begin_inset Graphics
4222 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4228 at the left end of the toolbar.
4229 LyX will change the environment of the
4233 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4234 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4235 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4239 \begin_layout Standard
4248 create a new paragraph using the
4252 paragraph environment.
4254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4261 because if you are in one of these environments:
4264 \begin_layout Itemize
4270 \begin_layout Itemize
4276 \begin_layout Itemize
4282 \begin_layout Itemize
4288 \begin_layout Itemize
4294 \begin_layout Itemize
4300 \begin_layout Itemize
4306 \begin_layout Standard
4307 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4311 , rather than resetting it to
4316 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4317 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4318 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4319 \begin_inset space ~
4323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4325 reference "sec:Nesting"
4330 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4335 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4336 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4340 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4346 \begin_layout Subsection
4350 \begin_layout Standard
4351 The default paragraph environment is
4356 It creates a plain paragraph.
4357 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4358 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4359 this manual) are in the
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 You can nest a paragraph using the
4371 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4379 \begin_layout Subsection
4381 \begin_inset Index idx
4384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4393 \begin_layout Standard
4394 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4403 for thanks or contact information.
4404 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4405 page along with today's date.
4406 For other types of documents, the title
4407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4414 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4418 \begin_layout Standard
4419 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4433 Here's how you use them:
4436 \begin_layout Itemize
4437 Put the title of your document in the
4444 \begin_layout Itemize
4445 Put the author name in the
4452 \begin_layout Itemize
4453 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4454 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4460 Note that using this environment is optional.
4461 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4462 If you don't want any date, add the line
4463 \begin_inset Newline newline
4473 \begin_inset Newline newline
4476 to the preamble of your document (menu
4478 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4484 \begin_layout Standard
4485 You can use footnotes to insert
4486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4493 or contact information.
4496 \begin_layout Subsection
4498 \begin_inset Index idx
4501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4517 \begin_layout Standard
4518 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4519 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4522 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4524 \begin_inset Index idx
4527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4528 Section headings ! Numbered
4536 \begin_layout Standard
4537 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4541 \begin_layout Enumerate
4547 \begin_layout Enumerate
4553 \begin_layout Enumerate
4559 \begin_layout Enumerate
4565 \begin_layout Enumerate
4571 \begin_layout Enumerate
4577 \begin_layout Enumerate
4583 \begin_layout Standard
4584 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4585 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4586 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4589 \begin_layout Standard
4590 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4591 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4592 You group the book into chapters.
4593 LyX does similar grouping:
4596 \begin_layout Itemize
4601 is divided in either
4612 \begin_layout Itemize
4624 \begin_layout Itemize
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4648 \begin_layout Itemize
4660 \begin_layout Itemize
4672 \begin_layout Standard
4673 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4681 Not all document types use the
4685 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4690 is the top-level heading.
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4704 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4706 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4718 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4720 \begin_inset Index idx
4723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4724 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4732 \begin_layout Standard
4733 The unnumbered section headings have a
4734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4741 at the end of their name.
4742 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4743 the table of contents, see section
4744 \begin_inset space ~
4748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4757 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4758 Changing the Numbering
4759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4761 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4768 \begin_layout Standard
4769 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4770 in the Table of Contents.
4771 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4773 Certain classes start with
4787 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4797 This is something you can change.
4800 \begin_layout Standard
4803 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4809 \begin_inset Index idx
4812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4823 \begin_inset space ~
4827 \begin_inset space ~
4832 you'll see two counters.
4837 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4839 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4843 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4844 Short Titles of Headings
4845 \begin_inset Index idx
4848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4849 Section headings ! Short titles
4855 \begin_inset Argument
4858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4867 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4874 \begin_layout Standard
4875 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4876 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4877 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4878 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4881 \begin_layout Standard
4882 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4883 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4884 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4885 To specify a short title, use the menu
4887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4889 \begin_inset space ~
4895 This will insert a box labeled
4896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4911 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4912 This also works for captions inside floats.
4915 \begin_layout Standard
4916 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4923 \begin_layout Standard
4924 The following information applies to all section headings:
4927 \begin_layout Itemize
4928 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4931 \begin_layout Itemize
4932 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4939 \begin_layout Itemize
4940 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4943 \begin_layout Subsection
4944 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4947 \begin_layout Standard
4948 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4962 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4963 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4964 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4965 the text they contain.
4966 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4974 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4977 \begin_layout Standard
4978 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4987 when you start a new paragraph.
4988 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4992 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4993 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4994 to change back to the
4998 environment yourself.
5001 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5018 \begin_inset Index idx
5021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5030 \begin_layout Standard
5031 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5032 time for the differences.
5041 are identical except for one difference:
5045 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5054 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5057 \begin_layout Standard
5058 Here's an example of the
5071 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5073 See – no indentation!
5077 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5078 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5079 the other paragraph.
5082 \begin_layout Standard
5083 Here's another example, this time in the
5090 \begin_layout Quotation
5096 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5097 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5098 the first line, then
5102 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5106 you were quoting other text.
5109 \begin_layout Quotation
5110 Here's a new paragraph.
5111 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5112 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5115 \begin_layout Standard
5116 As the examples show,
5120 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5121 They should put quotes in the
5126 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5130 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5133 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5139 \begin_inset Index idx
5142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5151 \begin_inset Index idx
5154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5170 \begin_layout Standard
5175 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5181 \begin_inset Newline newline
5184 Which I did not rehearse!
5188 It could be much worse.
5189 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5191 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5192 indented a bit more than the first.
5193 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5199 \begin_inset Newline newline
5202 And make things look fine
5203 \begin_inset Newline newline
5209 arg "newline-insert newline"
5215 \begin_layout Standard
5220 does not indent both margins.
5221 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5222 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5229 arg "newline-insert newline"
5235 \begin_layout Subsection
5237 \begin_inset Index idx
5240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5256 \begin_layout Standard
5257 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5267 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5276 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5277 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5278 some general features of all four of them.
5281 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5285 \begin_layout Standard
5286 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5288 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5297 reset the environment to
5301 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5302 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5303 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5307 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5310 to break paragraphs.
5313 \begin_layout Standard
5314 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5315 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5317 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5318 you read all of section
5319 \begin_inset space ~
5323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5325 reference "sec:Nesting"
5333 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5339 \begin_inset Index idx
5342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5358 \begin_layout Standard
5359 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5363 paragraph environment.
5364 It has the following properties:
5367 \begin_layout Itemize
5368 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5372 \begin_layout Itemize
5373 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5376 \begin_layout Itemize
5377 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5381 \begin_layout Itemize
5382 The items can have any length.
5383 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5384 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5391 \begin_layout Itemize
5396 environment inside another
5400 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5404 \begin_layout Itemize
5405 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5408 \begin_layout Itemize
5409 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5412 \begin_layout Itemize
5414 \begin_inset space ~
5418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5420 reference "sec:Nesting"
5424 for a full explanation of nesting.
5428 \begin_layout Standard
5429 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5438 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5441 \begin_layout Standard
5442 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5443 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5446 \begin_layout Itemize
5447 The label for the first level
5451 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5455 \begin_layout Itemize
5456 The label for the second level is a dash.
5460 \begin_layout Itemize
5461 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5465 \begin_layout Itemize
5466 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5470 \begin_layout Itemize
5471 Back out to the third level.
5475 \begin_layout Itemize
5476 Back to the second level.
5480 \begin_layout Itemize
5481 Back to the outermost level.
5484 \begin_layout Standard
5485 These are the default labels for an
5490 You can customize these labels in the
5492 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5495 dialog in the submenu
5502 \begin_inset Index idx
5505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5514 \begin_layout Standard
5515 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5516 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5518 \begin_inset space ~
5522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5524 reference "sec:Nesting"
5531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5537 \begin_inset Index idx
5540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5549 name "sec:Enumerate"
5556 \begin_layout Standard
5561 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5562 It has these properties:
5565 \begin_layout Enumerate
5566 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5570 \begin_layout Enumerate
5571 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5575 \begin_layout Enumerate
5576 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5579 \begin_layout Enumerate
5584 environment resets the counter to one.
5587 \begin_layout Enumerate
5600 \begin_layout Enumerate
5601 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5602 Items can have any length.
5605 \begin_layout Enumerate
5606 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5610 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5613 \begin_layout Enumerate
5614 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5618 \begin_layout Standard
5627 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5628 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 The first level of an
5640 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5644 \begin_layout Enumerate
5645 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5649 \begin_layout Enumerate
5650 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5654 \begin_layout Enumerate
5655 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5658 \begin_layout Enumerate
5659 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5664 \begin_layout Enumerate
5665 Back to the third level
5669 \begin_layout Enumerate
5670 Back to the second level.
5674 \begin_layout Enumerate
5675 Back to the outermost level.
5678 \begin_layout Standard
5679 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5684 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5689 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5693 \begin_layout Standard
5694 There is more to nesting
5698 environments than we've stated here.
5699 You should read section
5700 \begin_inset space ~
5704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5706 reference "sec:Nesting"
5710 to learn more about nesting.
5713 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5719 \begin_inset Index idx
5722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5731 \begin_layout Standard
5732 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5736 list has no fixed label.
5737 Instead, LyX uses the first
5738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5745 of the first line as the label.
5749 \begin_layout Description
5750 Example: This is an example of the
5757 \begin_layout Standard
5758 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5762 \begin_layout Standard
5764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5771 it is meant that the first hit of the
5775 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5777 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5785 arg "space-insert protected"
5790 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5791 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5793 \begin_inset space ~
5799 \begin_inset space ~
5803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5805 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5809 for more info.) Here is an example:
5812 \begin_layout Description
5814 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Example: This one shows how to use a
5820 \begin_inset space ~
5832 \begin_layout Description
5833 Usage: You should use the
5837 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5838 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5840 It's not a good idea to use a
5844 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5845 You're better off using
5857 paragraphs into them.
5860 \begin_layout Description
5861 Nesting: You can nest
5865 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5869 \begin_layout Standard
5870 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5871 them from the first line.
5874 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5880 \begin_inset Index idx
5883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5892 \begin_layout Standard
5897 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5900 \begin_layout Standard
5901 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5909 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5914 environment is named
5926 \begin_layout Standard
5935 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5936 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5939 \begin_layout Labeling
5940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5942 \begin_inset space ~
5945 labels LyX uses the first
5946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5953 of each line as the item label.
5958 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5959 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5960 blank as described above.
5963 \begin_layout Labeling
5964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5965 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5966 the body of the item text.
5967 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5968 label width plus a little extra space.
5972 \begin_layout Labeling
5973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5975 \begin_inset space ~
5978 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5980 If the label width is larger, the label
5981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5988 into the first line.
5989 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5990 margin of the rest of the item text.
5993 \begin_layout Labeling
5994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5996 \begin_inset space ~
5999 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6004 environment have the same left margin.
6005 \begin_inset Newline newline
6008 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6013 \begin_inset space ~
6022 \begin_inset space ~
6027 determines the default label width.
6028 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6037 multiple times instead.
6038 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6047 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6050 \begin_inset space ~
6055 every time you alter a label in a
6060 \begin_inset Newline newline
6063 The predefined default width is the length of
6064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6073 \begin_inset Newline newline
6077 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6085 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6086 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6094 \begin_layout Standard
6099 environment the same way like the
6103 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6109 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6113 \begin_layout Standard
6118 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6120 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6122 \begin_inset space ~
6126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6128 reference "sec:Nesting"
6132 to learn about nesting.
6135 \begin_layout Standard
6136 There is yet another feature of the
6140 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6142 You can use additional
6146 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6151 are documented in section
6152 \begin_inset space ~
6156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6158 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6163 Here are some examples:
6164 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6170 \begin_layout Labeling
6171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6172 Left The default for
6179 \begin_layout Labeling
6180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6181 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6188 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6191 \begin_layout Labeling
6192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6193 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6197 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6204 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6207 \begin_layout Subsection
6209 \begin_inset Index idx
6212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6221 \begin_layout Standard
6222 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6225 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6227 in the document settings.
6228 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6233 \begin_inset Index idx
6236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6237 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6245 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6246 Custom Enumerate Lists
6247 \begin_inset Index idx
6250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6251 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6259 \begin_layout Standard
6261 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6264 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6267 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6268 There you add the command
6271 \begin_layout Standard
6279 \begin_layout Standard
6280 in TeX Code (shortcut
6290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6291 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6292 \begin_inset space ~
6296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6298 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6311 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6318 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6319 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6332 For Arabic numerals use
6340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6347 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6362 \begin_layout Standard
6364 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6372 You can only number 26
6373 \begin_inset space ~
6376 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6384 \begin_layout Standard
6385 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6386 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6389 \begin_layout Standard
6390 As example a list with custom numbering:
6393 \begin_layout Enumerate
6394 \begin_inset Argument
6397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6423 \begin_layout Enumerate
6424 \begin_inset Argument
6427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6450 \begin_layout Enumerate
6455 \begin_layout Enumerate
6456 \begin_inset Argument
6459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6483 \begin_layout Enumerate
6484 \begin_inset Argument
6487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6513 \begin_layout Standard
6514 For this list these commands were used:
6517 \begin_layout Standard
6528 \begin_inset Newline newline
6536 \begin_inset Newline newline
6544 \begin_inset Newline newline
6554 \begin_layout Standard
6561 makes the label emphasized and
6570 \begin_layout Standard
6571 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6579 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6580 lists until you change the definition.
6588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6590 \begin_inset Index idx
6593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6594 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6602 \begin_layout Standard
6603 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6606 \begin_layout Enumerate
6607 \begin_inset Argument
6610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6629 \begin_inset Note Note
6632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6633 goes back to default numbering
6641 \begin_layout Enumerate
6645 \begin_layout Standard
6649 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6653 \begin_layout Standard
6654 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6659 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6660 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6663 \begin_layout Standard
6664 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6672 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6680 \begin_layout Standard
6681 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6683 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6684 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6685 of a normal new enumeration.
6686 There insert the command
6689 \begin_layout Standard
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6700 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6704 \begin_layout Enumerate
6708 \begin_layout Enumerate
6712 \begin_layout Standard
6713 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6716 \begin_layout Enumerate
6717 \begin_inset Argument
6720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6736 This enumeration starts at 4
6739 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6741 \begin_inset Index idx
6744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6753 \begin_layout Standard
6754 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6756 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6759 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6764 with standard spacing
6767 \begin_layout Standard
6768 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6770 There add the command
6774 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6777 \begin_layout Itemize
6778 \begin_inset Argument
6781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6800 \begin_layout Itemize
6804 \begin_layout Itemize
6808 \begin_layout Standard
6809 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6815 \begin_inset Index idx
6818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6819 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6825 For more info see its documentation,
6826 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6835 \begin_layout Standard
6836 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6838 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6839 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6843 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6846 \begin_layout Enumerate
6847 \begin_inset Argument
6850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6858 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6871 \begin_layout Enumerate
6872 with negative indentation
6875 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6876 Further Customization
6877 \begin_inset Index idx
6880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6889 \begin_layout Standard
6890 You can also change the style of description lists.
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6900 \begin_layout Standard
6901 changes the description label font, the command
6904 \begin_layout Standard
6910 \begin_layout Standard
6911 sets the list style.
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6915 An example where the command
6918 \begin_layout Standard
6923 itshape, style=nextline
6926 \begin_layout Standard
6930 \begin_layout Description
6932 \begin_inset space ~
6936 \begin_inset Argument
6939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6945 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6947 itshape, style=nextline
6957 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6958 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6962 \begin_layout Description
6964 \begin_inset space ~
6967 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6968 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6969 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6972 \begin_layout Standard
6973 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6979 \begin_inset Index idx
6982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6983 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6989 For more info see its documentation,
6990 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6999 \begin_layout Subsection
7001 \begin_inset Index idx
7004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7013 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7021 \begin_inset space ~
7029 \begin_layout Standard
7030 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7038 \begin_inset space ~
7044 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7045 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7046 In contrast, you can use the
7053 \begin_inset space ~
7058 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7059 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7063 \begin_layout Standard
7064 Of course, you're not limited to using
7071 \begin_inset space ~
7080 \begin_inset space ~
7085 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7086 some European academic papers.
7089 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7093 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7100 \begin_layout Standard
7105 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7106 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7110 \begin_inset space ~
7115 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7116 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7117 Here's an example of each:
7120 \begin_layout Right Address
7122 \begin_inset Newline newline
7126 \begin_inset Newline newline
7130 \begin_inset Newline newline
7133 When is it? What is today?
7136 \begin_layout Standard
7140 \begin_inset space ~
7146 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7147 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7148 Here's an example of the
7155 \begin_layout Address
7157 \begin_inset Newline newline
7160 Where do I send this
7161 \begin_inset Newline newline
7164 Your post office and country
7167 \begin_layout Standard
7168 As you can see, both
7175 \begin_inset space ~
7180 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7185 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7191 This makes sense, since
7199 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7200 Thus, you have to use
7207 arg "newline-insert newline"
7213 \begin_inset space ~
7216 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7218 \begin_inset space ~
7227 menu) to start a new line in an
7234 \begin_inset space ~
7242 \begin_layout Subsection
7246 \begin_layout Standard
7247 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7248 or list of references.
7249 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7252 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7256 \begin_inset Index idx
7259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7268 \begin_layout Standard
7273 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7274 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7275 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7276 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7280 in anything else or vice versa.
7286 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7287 The book document classes ignores the
7291 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7295 in a letter document class.
7298 \begin_layout Standard
7303 environment does several things for you.
7304 First, it puts the centered label
7305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7313 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7315 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7316 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7317 the subsequent text.
7318 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7319 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7322 \begin_layout Standard
7323 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7327 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7328 The new paragraph will still be in the
7333 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7334 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7337 \begin_layout Standard
7338 \begin_inset Float figure
7343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7345 \begin_inset Graphics
7346 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7354 \begin_inset Caption
7356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7359 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7380 \begin_layout Standard
7381 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7385 environment, but since this document is in the
7386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7393 class, we can't do this.
7394 We inserted it therefore as figure
7395 \begin_inset space ~
7399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7401 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7406 If you've never heard of an
7407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7414 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7417 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7423 \begin_inset Index idx
7426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7435 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7442 \begin_layout Standard
7447 environment is used to list references.
7448 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7449 only use it at the end of the document.
7454 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7457 \begin_layout Standard
7458 When you first open a
7462 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7478 depending on the document class.
7479 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7480 Each paragraph of the
7484 environment is a bibliography entry.
7489 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7490 Each new paragraph is still in the
7497 \begin_layout Standard
7498 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7499 by using a BibTeX database.
7500 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7501 phy handling, have a look at in section
7502 \begin_inset space ~
7506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7508 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7515 \begin_layout Subsection
7519 \begin_inset Index idx
7522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7523 Paragraph ! LyX code
7529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7538 \begin_layout Standard
7543 environment is another LyX extension.
7544 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7549 key as a fixed whitespace;
7553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7565 \begin_inset space ~
7570 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7575 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7576 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7579 arg "newline-insert newline"
7596 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7597 So, when you finish using the
7601 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7602 Also, you can nest the
7606 environment inside of others.
7609 \begin_layout Standard
7610 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7613 \begin_layout Itemize
7617 arg "newline-insert newline"
7620 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7625 \begin_inset space \space{}
7635 arg "newline-insert newline"
7641 \begin_layout Itemize
7645 arg "newline-insert newline"
7656 \begin_layout Itemize
7661 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7668 \begin_layout Itemize
7672 arg "space-insert protected"
7679 \begin_layout Itemize
7680 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7681 You must put at least one
7685 in any line you want blank.
7686 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7689 \begin_layout Itemize
7690 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7694 since that will insert
7699 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7702 arg "self-insert \""
7708 \begin_layout Standard
7712 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7716 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7728 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7729 printf("Hello World!
7734 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7738 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7742 \begin_layout Standard
7743 This is just the standard
7744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7755 \begin_layout Standard
7760 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7761 rc-files, and so on.
7762 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7763 as if you used a typewriter.
7764 \begin_inset Index idx
7767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7768 Paragraph environments|)
7773 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7776 Program Code Listings
7781 \begin_inset space ~
7789 \begin_layout Section
7790 Nesting Environments
7791 \begin_inset Index idx
7794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7795 Nesting ! Environments
7801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7810 \begin_layout Subsection
7814 \begin_layout Standard
7815 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7817 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7819 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7821 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7833 \begin_layout Enumerate
7837 \begin_layout Enumerate
7842 \begin_layout Enumerate
7846 \begin_layout Enumerate
7851 \begin_layout Enumerate
7855 \begin_layout Standard
7856 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7857 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7860 \begin_inset space ~
7864 \begin_inset space ~
7872 \begin_inset space ~
7876 \begin_inset space ~
7885 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7886 will tell you how far you are nested).
7887 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7890 arg "depth-increment"
7896 arg "depth-decrement"
7899 or the convenient key bindings
7910 arg "depth-increment"
7916 arg "depth-decrement"
7919 to change the nesting level.
7920 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7921 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7925 \begin_layout Standard
7926 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7927 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7928 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7929 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7932 \begin_layout Standard
7933 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7934 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7936 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7939 \begin_layout Subsection
7940 What You Can and Can't Nest
7943 \begin_layout Standard
7944 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7945 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7948 \begin_layout Standard
7949 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7950 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7951 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7954 \begin_layout Itemize
7955 Completely unnestable
7958 \begin_layout Itemize
7959 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7963 \begin_layout Itemize
7964 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7968 \begin_layout Standard
7969 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7970 environments have them:
7973 \begin_layout Description
7974 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7975 Can't nest into them.
7979 \begin_layout Itemize
7985 \begin_layout Itemize
7991 \begin_layout Itemize
7997 \begin_layout Itemize
8003 \begin_layout Itemize
8010 \begin_layout Description
8012 \begin_inset space ~
8015 Nestable You can nest them.
8016 You can nest other things into them.
8020 \begin_layout Itemize
8026 \begin_layout Itemize
8032 \begin_layout Itemize
8038 \begin_layout Itemize
8044 \begin_layout Itemize
8050 \begin_layout Itemize
8056 \begin_layout Itemize
8062 \begin_layout Itemize
8069 \begin_layout Description
8070 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8071 You can't nest anything into them.
8075 \begin_layout Itemize
8081 \begin_layout Itemize
8087 \begin_layout Itemize
8093 \begin_layout Itemize
8099 \begin_layout Itemize
8105 \begin_layout Itemize
8111 \begin_layout Itemize
8117 \begin_layout Itemize
8123 \begin_layout Itemize
8129 \begin_layout Itemize
8135 \begin_layout Itemize
8141 \begin_layout Itemize
8147 \begin_layout Itemize
8153 \begin_layout Itemize
8157 \begin_inset space ~
8163 \begin_layout Itemize
8170 \begin_layout Standard
8171 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8179 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8188 \begin_inset space ~
8192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8196 \begin_inset space \space{}
8199 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8200 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8201 section headings violate this.
8209 \begin_layout Subsection
8210 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8211 \begin_inset Index idx
8214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8215 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8223 \begin_layout Standard
8224 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8225 affected by nesting anyhow.
8229 \begin_layout Itemize
8233 \begin_layout Itemize
8237 \begin_layout Itemize
8241 \begin_layout Standard
8243 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8251 Figures and tables in
8255 are not affected by this.
8260 Have a look at section
8261 \begin_inset space ~
8265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8267 reference "sec:Floats"
8271 for more information about
8278 \begin_layout Standard
8279 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8280 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8284 \begin_layout Standard
8285 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8293 of its own, it behaves just like a
8294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8301 paragraph environment.
8302 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8306 \begin_layout Standard
8307 Here's an example with a table:
8310 \begin_layout Enumerate
8315 \begin_layout Enumerate
8316 This is (a) and it's nested.
8320 \begin_layout Standard
8321 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8327 \begin_layout Standard
8329 \begin_inset Tabular
8330 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8331 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8332 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8417 \begin_layout Standard
8418 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8425 \begin_layout Enumerate
8427 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8431 \begin_layout Enumerate
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8439 \begin_layout Enumerate
8444 \begin_layout Enumerate
8445 This is (a) and it's nested.
8449 \begin_layout Standard
8450 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8456 \begin_layout Standard
8458 \begin_inset Tabular
8459 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8460 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8461 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8462 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8546 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8553 \begin_layout Enumerate
8560 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8563 \begin_layout Enumerate
8567 \begin_layout Standard
8568 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8572 \begin_layout Standard
8573 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8575 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8578 \begin_layout Enumerate
8583 \begin_layout Enumerate
8584 This is (a) and it's nested.
8587 \begin_layout Standard
8588 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8594 \begin_layout Standard
8596 \begin_inset Tabular
8597 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8598 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8684 \begin_layout Standard
8685 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8691 \begin_layout Enumerate
8693 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8701 \begin_layout Enumerate
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8706 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8712 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8713 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8717 \begin_layout Subsection
8718 Usage and General Features
8721 \begin_layout Standard
8722 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8731 is the innermost possible depth.
8732 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8735 \begin_layout Enumerate
8736 level #1 – outermost
8740 \begin_layout Enumerate
8745 \begin_layout Enumerate
8750 \begin_layout Enumerate
8755 \begin_layout Itemize
8760 \begin_layout Itemize
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8770 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8771 both of them in the example.
8772 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8782 For example, if we tried to nest another
8787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8794 , we would get errors.
8797 \begin_layout Subsection
8799 \begin_inset Index idx
8802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8811 \begin_layout Standard
8812 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8813 We have several examples of nested environments.
8814 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8818 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8819 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8822 \begin_layout Labeling
8823 \labelwidthstring MMM
8824 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8833 \begin_layout Labeling
8834 \labelwidthstring MMM
8835 #2-a This is level #2.
8836 We created it by using
8839 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8845 arg "depth-increment"
8852 \begin_layout Labeling
8853 \labelwidthstring MMM
8854 #3-a This is level #3.
8855 This time, we just hit
8862 arg "depth-increment"
8866 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8870 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8876 arg "depth-increment"
8883 \begin_layout Standard
8888 environment, nested inside of
8889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8897 So, it's at level #4.
8898 We did this by hitting
8901 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8907 arg "depth-increment"
8910 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8915 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8931 \begin_layout Standard
8936 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8939 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8945 \begin_layout Labeling
8946 \labelwidthstring MMM
8947 #4-a This is level #4.
8951 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8954 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8959 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8963 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8968 keep nesting things inside
8969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8980 \begin_layout Labeling
8981 \labelwidthstring MMM
8982 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8987 \begin_layout Labeling
8988 \labelwidthstring MMM
8989 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8990 and this is level #6.
8991 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8995 \begin_layout Labeling
8996 \labelwidthstring MMM
8997 #5-b Back to level #5.
9001 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9007 arg "depth-decrement"
9014 \begin_layout Labeling
9015 \labelwidthstring MMM
9019 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9025 arg "depth-decrement"
9028 , we're back at level #4.
9032 \begin_layout Labeling
9033 \labelwidthstring MMM
9034 #3-b Back to level #3.
9035 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9039 \begin_layout Labeling
9040 \labelwidthstring MMM
9041 #2-b Back to level #2.
9046 \begin_layout Labeling
9047 \labelwidthstring MMM
9048 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9049 After this sentence, we'll hit
9053 and change the paragraph environment back to
9060 \begin_layout Standard
9061 We could have also used the
9077 environment in place of the
9082 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9086 Example 2: Inheritance
9089 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9090 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9093 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9102 arg "depth-increment"
9105 , after which, we'll change to the
9113 \begin_layout Enumerate
9118 environment, at level #2.
9121 \begin_layout Enumerate
9122 Notice how the nested
9126 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9130 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9134 \begin_layout Standard
9135 We ended this example by hitting
9140 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9144 and reset the nesting depth by using
9147 arg "depth-decrement"
9153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9154 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9163 \begin_inset Argument
9166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9167 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9175 \begin_layout Enumerate
9176 This is level #1, in an
9180 paragraph environment.
9181 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9185 \begin_layout Enumerate
9190 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9196 arg "depth-increment"
9200 Now, what happens if we nest an
9204 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9205 label be? An asterisk?
9209 \begin_layout Itemize
9219 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9220 So, its label is a bullet.
9221 (We got here by using
9224 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9230 arg "depth-increment"
9233 , then changing the environment to
9241 \begin_layout Itemize
9242 Here's level #4, produced using
9245 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9251 arg "depth-increment"
9255 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9260 \begin_layout Enumerate
9261 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9263 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9268 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9272 , because we are in the
9281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9300 \begin_layout Enumerate
9305 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9306 type of numbering does LyX use?
9309 \begin_layout Enumerate
9310 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9313 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9316 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9319 \begin_layout Enumerate
9323 arg "depth-decrement"
9326 to decrease the depth after the next
9329 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9336 \begin_layout Enumerate
9338 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9342 \begin_layout Enumerate
9344 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9345 numeral as the label.Why?
9348 \begin_layout Enumerate
9349 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9358 Notice, however, that LyX
9362 reset the counter for the label.
9366 \begin_layout Enumerate
9370 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9376 arg "depth-decrement"
9379 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9380 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9381 into the twofold-nested
9389 \begin_layout Enumerate
9390 The same thing happens if we do another
9393 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9399 arg "depth-decrement"
9402 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9405 \begin_layout Standard
9406 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9411 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9425 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9431 The same rule applies for the
9435 environment, as well.
9438 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9439 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9442 \begin_layout Enumerate
9443 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9444 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9445 same detail with how we did it.
9454 \begin_layout Standard
9462 arg "depth-increment"
9469 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9470 example in parentheses someplace.
9471 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9472 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9473 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9477 \begin_layout Enumerate
9482 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9487 Now we'll add verse.
9488 \begin_inset Newline newline
9491 It will get much worse.
9492 \begin_inset Newline newline
9502 arg "depth-increment"
9513 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9514 \begin_inset Newline newline
9517 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9518 \begin_inset Newline newline
9524 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9537 \begin_layout Standard
9538 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9544 \begin_layout Standard
9546 \begin_inset Tabular
9547 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9548 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9550 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9639 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9649 arg "depth-increment"
9655 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9665 arg "depth-decrement"
9672 \begin_layout Enumerate
9677 : level #1) This is another item.
9678 Note that selecting a
9682 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9683 3 times to put the table inside the
9691 \begin_layout Quotation
9692 We're now ending the
9696 list and changing to
9701 We're still at level #1.
9702 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9703 The next set of paragraphs is a
9704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9718 \begin_inset space ~
9723 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9727 for the letter body.
9731 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9734 to preserve the depth.
9735 Remember that you need to use
9738 arg "newline-insert newline"
9741 to create multiple lines inside the
9748 \begin_inset space ~
9758 \begin_layout Right Address
9760 \begin_inset Newline newline
9763 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9764 \begin_inset Newline newline
9770 \begin_layout Address
9772 \begin_inset space ~
9778 \begin_layout Quotation
9779 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9783 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9784 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9785 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9786 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9787 as soon as possible.
9788 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9791 \begin_layout Quotation
9792 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9793 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9794 with your order, along with payment.
9797 \begin_layout Quotation
9798 We thank you again for your patience.
9801 \begin_layout Address
9803 \begin_inset Newline newline
9810 \begin_layout Quotation
9811 That ends that example!
9814 \begin_layout Standard
9815 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9816 just a few keystrokes.
9817 We could have easily nested an
9838 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9841 \begin_layout Section
9842 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9843 \begin_inset Index idx
9846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9855 \begin_layout Standard
9856 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9857 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9858 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9859 be broken at the end of a line.
9860 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9864 \begin_layout Subsection
9866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9868 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9873 \begin_inset Index idx
9876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9885 \begin_layout Standard
9886 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9888 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9892 Further documentation is given in section
9893 \begin_inset Newline newline
9897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9899 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9907 \begin_layout Standard
9908 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9923 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9932 A protected space is set with
9934 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9935 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9939 \begin_inset space ~
9949 arg "space-insert protected"
9955 \begin_layout Subsection
9957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9959 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9964 \begin_inset Index idx
9967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9968 Spacing ! Horizontal
9976 \begin_layout Standard
9977 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9979 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9980 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9984 The length units are listed in Appendix
9985 \begin_inset space ~
9989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9991 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9998 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10002 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10007 \begin_inset Index idx
10010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10011 Spaces ! Inter-word
10019 \begin_layout Standard
10021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10025 \begin_inset space \space{}
10028 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10029 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10030 \begin_inset space ~
10034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10036 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10041 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10042 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10045 arg "space-insert normal"
10051 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10053 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10055 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10060 \begin_inset Index idx
10063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10072 \begin_layout Standard
10074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10081 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10090 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10091 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10092 inside abbreviations:
10095 \begin_layout Quote
10097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10101 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10104 \begin_layout Standard
10105 or between values and units.
10106 Compare for example this:
10107 \begin_inset Newline newline
10111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10115 \begin_inset Newline newline
10118 10 kg (normal space
10121 \begin_layout Standard
10122 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10124 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10125 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10127 \begin_inset space ~
10135 arg "space-insert thin"
10141 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10145 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10152 \begin_layout Standard
10153 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10156 \begin_layout Description
10158 \begin_inset space ~
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10165 space A line with a
10166 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10170 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10174 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10177 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10180 \begin_layout Description
10182 \begin_inset space ~
10186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10190 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10194 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10198 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10202 \begin_inset space ~
10206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10209 em) space between the arrows.
10212 \begin_layout Description
10214 \begin_inset space ~
10218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10222 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10226 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10230 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10234 \begin_inset space ~
10238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10241 em) space between the arrows.
10244 \begin_layout Description
10246 \begin_inset space ~
10250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10254 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10258 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10262 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10266 \begin_inset space ~
10270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10273 em) space between the arrows.
10276 \begin_layout Description
10278 \begin_inset space ~
10282 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10286 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10291 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10298 cm space between the arrows.
10301 \begin_layout Standard
10303 \begin_inset space ~
10307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10309 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10313 lists the different space sizes.
10316 \begin_layout Standard
10317 \begin_inset Float table
10322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10324 \begin_inset Caption
10326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10329 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10333 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10343 \begin_inset Tabular
10344 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10345 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10346 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10347 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10474 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10564 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10570 \begin_inset Index idx
10573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10582 \begin_layout Standard
10583 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10584 in a uniform fashion.
10585 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10586 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10587 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10588 equally between themselves.
10592 \begin_layout Standard
10593 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10596 \begin_layout Quote
10598 This is on the left side
10599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10602 This is on the right
10605 \begin_layout Quote
10608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10612 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10618 \begin_layout Quote
10621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10629 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10635 \begin_layout Standard
10636 That was an example in the
10642 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10650 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10653 is one in a standard paragraph.
10654 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10658 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10661 \begin_layout Standard
10662 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10665 \begin_inset space ~
10670 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10673 \begin_layout Standard
10675 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10679 \begin_inset space ~
10685 \begin_layout Standard
10687 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10691 \begin_inset space ~
10697 \begin_layout Standard
10699 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10703 \begin_inset space ~
10709 \begin_layout Standard
10711 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10715 \begin_inset space ~
10721 \begin_layout Standard
10723 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10727 \begin_inset space ~
10733 \begin_layout Standard
10735 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10739 \begin_inset space ~
10745 \begin_layout Standard
10746 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10754 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10758 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10759 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10760 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10764 option in the space dialog.
10772 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10776 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10781 \begin_inset Index idx
10784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10793 \begin_layout Standard
10794 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10800 \begin_inset space \space{}
10803 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10806 \begin_layout Standard
10807 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10810 What is correct English?:
10811 \begin_inset Newline newline
10815 \begin_inset Newline newline
10819 \begin_inset space ~
10822 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10823 \begin_inset Newline newline
10827 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10838 \begin_inset Newline newline
10842 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10853 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10859 \begin_layout Standard
10860 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10865 \begin_inset space ~
10869 \begin_inset space ~
10873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10877 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10880 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10884 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10890 \begin_inset space ~
10894 \begin_inset space ~
10898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10901 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10910 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10911 That is why it is named
10912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10920 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10921 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10925 \begin_layout Subsection
10927 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10929 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10934 \begin_inset Index idx
10937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10946 \begin_layout Standard
10947 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10950 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10952 \begin_inset space ~
10958 There you find the following sizes:
10961 \begin_layout Standard
10974 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10979 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10981 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10985 \begin_inset Index idx
10988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10989 Document ! Settings
10994 for the paragraph separation.
10995 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11006 \begin_layout Standard
11012 \begin_inset Index idx
11015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11021 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11022 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11024 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11025 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11034 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11043 s are described in section
11044 \begin_inset space ~
11048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11050 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11059 If there are several
11063 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11064 You can therefore use
11068 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11071 \begin_layout Standard
11076 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11077 \begin_inset space ~
11081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11083 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11090 \begin_layout Standard
11091 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11101 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11102 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11114 \begin_layout Subsection
11115 Paragraph Alignment
11118 \begin_layout Standard
11119 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11121 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11125 There are five possibilities:
11128 \begin_layout Itemize
11136 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11142 \begin_layout Itemize
11150 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11156 \begin_layout Itemize
11164 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11170 \begin_layout Itemize
11178 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11184 \begin_layout Itemize
11192 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11198 \begin_layout Standard
11199 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11200 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11201 the left and right margins.
11202 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11205 \begin_layout Standard
11207 This paragraph is right aligned,
11210 \begin_layout Standard
11212 this one is centered,
11215 \begin_layout Standard
11217 this one is left aligned.
11220 \begin_layout Subsection
11222 \begin_inset Index idx
11225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11226 Page breaks ! Forced
11232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11234 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11242 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11243 can force a page break where you want one.
11244 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11245 Only if you use a lot of
11249 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11252 \begin_layout Standard
11253 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11254 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11258 have to change the page breaking.
11261 \begin_layout Standard
11262 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11264 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11266 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11267 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11269 \begin_inset space ~
11275 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11278 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11280 \begin_inset space ~
11285 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11287 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11288 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11291 \begin_layout Standard
11292 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11293 at the top of a page.
11294 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11295 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11296 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11297 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11301 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11305 to learn more about
11312 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11316 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11321 \begin_inset Index idx
11324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11325 Page breaks ! Clear
11333 \begin_layout Standard
11334 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11335 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11336 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11337 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11338 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11341 \begin_layout Standard
11342 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11345 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11347 \begin_inset space ~
11353 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11356 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11358 \begin_inset space ~
11362 \begin_inset space ~
11367 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11368 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11371 \begin_layout Subsection
11373 \begin_inset Index idx
11376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11385 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11392 \begin_layout Standard
11393 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11395 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11397 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11398 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11400 \begin_inset space ~
11404 \begin_inset space ~
11412 arg "newline-insert newline"
11416 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11419 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11421 \begin_inset space ~
11425 \begin_inset space ~
11430 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11432 This is useful to avoid
11433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11440 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11443 \begin_layout Standard
11444 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11445 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11446 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11447 set a line break, e.
11448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11452 \begin_inset space \space{}
11455 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11456 \begin_inset space ~
11460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11462 reference "sec:Quote"
11467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11469 reference "sec:Verse"
11474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11476 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11483 \begin_layout Subsection
11485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11487 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11492 \begin_inset Index idx
11495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11504 \begin_layout Standard
11506 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11517 \begin_layout Standard
11520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11521 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11523 \begin_inset space ~
11528 you can insert horizontal lines.
11529 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11530 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11531 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11534 \begin_layout Standard
11536 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11547 \begin_layout Section
11548 Characters and Symbols
11551 \begin_layout Standard
11552 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11553 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11558 \begin_inset space \space{}
11561 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11569 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11573 for information on how this is done.
11576 \begin_layout Standard
11577 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11582 dialog via the menu
11584 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11585 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11591 \begin_layout Standard
11592 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11600 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11601 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11602 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11610 \begin_layout Section
11611 Fonts and Text Styles
11612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11614 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11621 \begin_layout Subsection
11623 \begin_inset Index idx
11626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11635 \begin_layout Standard
11636 There are two types of fonts:
11639 \begin_layout Description
11641 \begin_inset space ~
11645 \begin_inset Index idx
11648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11654 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11659 characters) in the font.
11660 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11661 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11662 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11663 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11664 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11665 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11666 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11667 \begin_inset Newline newline
11670 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11671 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11672 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11673 sizes than at small ones.
11674 \begin_inset Newline newline
11688 \begin_inset space ~
11696 \begin_layout Description
11698 \begin_inset space ~
11702 \begin_inset Index idx
11705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11711 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11712 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11713 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11714 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11715 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11716 picture manipulation program.
11717 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11718 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11719 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11720 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11721 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11723 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11724 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11725 \begin_inset Newline newline
11728 Bitmap fonts are named
11731 \begin_inset space ~
11736 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11739 \begin_layout Standard
11740 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11741 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11742 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11743 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11744 use scalable fonts.
11747 \begin_layout Standard
11748 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11749 its document properties.
11752 \begin_layout Standard
11753 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11754 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11755 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11756 font to emphasize text, you use an
11757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11765 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11766 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11770 \begin_layout Subsection
11772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11774 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11781 \begin_layout Standard
11782 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11783 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11784 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11786 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11787 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11788 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11789 to usual word processors.
11790 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11791 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11792 across different machines.
11793 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11794 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11796 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11798 \begin_inset space ~
11802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11804 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11809 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11810 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11814 \begin_layout Standard
11815 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11816 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11817 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11818 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11819 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11820 that is installed on your system.
11821 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11824 \begin_layout Standard
11825 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11833 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11834 es; so you might have to experiment.
11842 \begin_layout Standard
11843 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11851 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11852 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11860 \begin_layout Subsection
11861 Document Font and Font size
11862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11864 name "sub:Document-Font"
11869 \begin_inset Index idx
11872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11879 \begin_inset Index idx
11882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11891 \begin_layout Standard
11892 You can set the document fonts in the
11894 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11898 \begin_inset Index idx
11901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11902 Document ! Settings
11912 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11913 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11916 \begin_inset space ~
11925 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11926 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11930 \begin_layout Standard
11937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11946 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11947 This requires that you use
11953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11992 as output format, i.
11993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11997 \begin_inset space ~
12000 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12001 \begin_inset space ~
12005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12007 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12012 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12014 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12016 \begin_inset space ~
12019 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12020 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12021 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12023 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12026 \begin_layout Standard
12027 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12032 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12037 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12038 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12045 \begin_inset space ~
12051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12064 European Computer Modern
12067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12074 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12077 \begin_layout Standard
12086 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12087 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12092 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12095 \begin_inset space ~
12100 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12106 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12107 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12110 \begin_layout Itemize
12114 \begin_inset space ~
12119 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12132 \begin_inset space ~
12137 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12141 as the default font.
12142 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12143 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12146 \begin_inset space ~
12159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12160 One difference is improved kerning.
12168 \begin_layout Itemize
12172 \begin_inset space ~
12176 \begin_inset space ~
12181 fonts in (the rare) case that
12184 \begin_inset space ~
12189 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12204 Virtual means that it
12205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12216 -glyphs from other fonts.
12217 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12239 Loading the LaTeX-package
12244 \begin_inset Index idx
12247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12248 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12253 with the document preamble line
12254 \begin_inset Newline newline
12261 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12262 \begin_inset Newline newline
12267 will fix the guillemet problem.
12272 and that accented characters are not
12276 glyph, but build of
12280 characters, the accent and the letter.
12281 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12287 If you search for example for the French word
12288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12295 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12304 and not for the glyph
12305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12309 \begin_inset space ~
12313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12319 \begin_layout Itemize
12320 If you do not like the look of
12328 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12333 \begin_inset space ~
12339 \begin_inset space ~
12349 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12350 \begin_inset space ~
12353 serif and typewriter fonts
12357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12358 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12365 \begin_inset space ~
12374 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12379 \begin_inset space \space{}
12387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12391 \begin_inset space \space{}
12397 \begin_inset space ~
12405 \begin_inset space ~
12415 , but you can also select your own.
12416 \begin_inset Newline newline
12419 The differences between roman,
12422 \begin_inset space ~
12431 fonts are explained in section
12432 \begin_inset space ~
12436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12438 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12443 \begin_inset Newline newline
12449 \begin_inset space ~
12454 was originally designed for newspapers.
12455 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12456 into the small newspaper columns.
12460 \begin_inset space ~
12465 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12468 \begin_layout Standard
12469 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12482 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12487 depends on the class you are using.
12488 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12491 \begin_layout Standard
12492 Note that the font size is the
12497 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12498 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12499 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12502 \begin_inset space ~
12508 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12509 \begin_inset space ~
12513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12515 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12522 \begin_layout Standard
12527 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12529 \begin_inset space ~
12532 serif or typewriter.
12537 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12547 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12550 \begin_layout Standard
12559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12568 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12574 \begin_inset space ~
12578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12580 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12585 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12586 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12593 \begin_layout Standard
12594 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12596 Use Old Style Figures
12600 Use True Small Caps
12603 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12606 Use Old Style Figures
12608 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12614 \begin_inset space ~
12617 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12620 Use True Small Caps
12622 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12623 of scaled capitals.
12624 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12625 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12628 \begin_layout Standard
12633 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12634 a font to display the script characters.
12638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12639 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12644 So this has no effect for the document language
12660 \begin_layout Standard
12661 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12665 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12673 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12677 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12678 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12679 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12681 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12684 dialog, see section
12685 \begin_inset space ~
12689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12691 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12703 \begin_layout Subsection
12704 Using Different Character Styles
12705 \begin_inset Index idx
12708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12715 \begin_inset Index idx
12718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12727 \begin_layout Standard
12728 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12729 certain paragraph environments.
12730 LyX supports two character styles,
12739 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12743 \begin_layout Standard
12748 style, do one of the following:
12751 \begin_layout Itemize
12752 click on the toolbar button
12761 \begin_layout Itemize
12762 use the key binding
12771 \begin_layout Standard
12772 These commands are all toggles.
12777 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12780 \begin_layout Standard
12781 One typically uses the
12785 style for proper names.
12787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12794 is the original author of LyX.
12795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 A more widely used character style is the
12807 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12814 \begin_layout Itemize
12815 clicking on the toolbar button
12824 \begin_layout Itemize
12825 using the keybindings
12834 \begin_layout Standard
12839 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12840 es use a different font.
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 We've been using the
12848 style all over the place in this document.
12849 Here's one more example:
12852 \begin_layout Quotation
12855 Don't overuse character styles!
12858 \begin_layout Standard
12859 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12860 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12861 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12862 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12866 \begin_layout Standard
12867 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12875 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12877 \begin_inset space ~
12885 \begin_layout Subsection
12886 Fine-Tuning with the
12891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12893 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12898 \begin_inset Index idx
12901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12910 \begin_layout Standard
12911 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12912 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12913 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12914 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12915 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12916 from ordinary dialog.
12919 \begin_layout Standard
12920 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12921 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12922 \begin_inset Newline newline
12925 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12926 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12929 \begin_layout Standard
12930 To use custom character styles, open the
12932 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12934 \begin_inset space ~
12937 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12941 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12942 font property which you can choose.
12943 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12946 \begin_inset space ~
12951 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12956 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12957 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12958 environments in a snap.
12961 \begin_layout Standard
12962 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12965 \begin_inset space ~
12977 \begin_layout Labeling
12978 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12992 The possible options are:
12996 \begin_layout Labeling
12997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13002 This is the Roman font family.
13003 Normally a serif font.
13004 It's also the default family.
13014 \begin_layout Labeling
13015 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13019 \begin_inset space ~
13026 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13038 \begin_layout Labeling
13039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13046 This is the Typewriter font family.
13052 arg "font-typewriter"
13061 \begin_layout Labeling
13062 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13067 This corresponds to the print weight.
13072 \begin_layout Labeling
13073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13078 This is the Medium font series.
13079 It's also the default series.
13082 \begin_layout Labeling
13083 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13090 This is the Bold font series.
13103 \begin_layout Labeling
13104 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13109 As the name implies.
13114 \begin_layout Labeling
13115 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13120 This is the Upright font shape.
13121 It's also the default shape.
13124 \begin_layout Labeling
13125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13139 s the Italic font shape
13145 \begin_layout Labeling
13146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13153 This is the Slanted font shape
13155 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13158 \begin_layout Labeling
13159 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13163 \begin_inset space ~
13170 This is the Small caps font shape
13177 \begin_layout Labeling
13178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13183 Alters the size of the font.
13184 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13185 nal to the document font size.
13186 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13187 what you want to do.
13192 \begin_layout Labeling
13193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13214 arg "font-size tiny"
13220 \begin_layout Labeling
13221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13242 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13248 \begin_layout Labeling
13249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13270 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13276 \begin_layout Labeling
13277 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13298 arg "font-size small"
13304 \begin_layout Labeling
13305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13319 It's also the default size.
13323 arg "font-size normal"
13329 \begin_layout Labeling
13330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13351 arg "font-size large"
13357 \begin_layout Labeling
13358 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13379 arg "font-size larger"
13385 \begin_layout Labeling
13386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13407 arg "font-size largest"
13413 \begin_layout Labeling
13414 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13435 arg "font-size huge"
13441 \begin_layout Labeling
13442 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13463 arg "font-size giant"
13469 \begin_layout Labeling
13470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13475 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13495 arg "font-size increase"
13501 \begin_layout Labeling
13502 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13507 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13527 arg "font-size decrease"
13534 \begin_layout Standard
13539 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13540 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13541 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13542 — use that instead.
13543 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13546 \begin_layout Labeling
13547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13552 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13557 \begin_layout Labeling
13558 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13565 This is text with emphasize on
13568 This might seem like the same as
13572 , but it is actually a bit different.
13578 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13580 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13583 \begin_layout Labeling
13584 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13591 This is text with Underbar on.
13597 arg "font-underline"
13603 \begin_inset Newline newline
13608 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13609 when you couldn't change fonts.
13610 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13611 It's only included in LyX because some people
13615 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13618 \begin_layout Labeling
13619 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13623 \begin_inset space ~
13630 This is text with Double underbar on.
13636 arg "font-underunderline"
13640 \begin_inset Newline newline
13643 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13644 about double underbar.
13647 \begin_layout Labeling
13648 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13652 \begin_inset space ~
13659 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13665 arg "font-underwave"
13669 \begin_inset Newline newline
13672 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13673 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13676 \begin_layout Labeling
13677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13684 This is text with Strikeout on.
13690 arg "font-strikeout"
13693 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13697 \begin_layout Labeling
13698 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13705 This is text with Noun on.
13712 , this is a logical attribute.
13713 Normally it's equivalent to
13716 \begin_inset space ~
13725 \begin_layout Labeling
13726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13731 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13732 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13736 \begin_inset space ~
13741 , which is the default
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13749 and means normally black, you can choose between
13782 \begin_inset Index idx
13785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13794 \begin_layout Labeling
13795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13800 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13801 the language of the document.
13802 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13806 \begin_layout Standard
13807 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13808 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13810 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13812 \begin_inset space ~
13817 dialog, the settings are saved.
13818 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13821 arg "textstyle-apply"
13825 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13830 \begin_layout Standard
13831 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13838 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13839 (suppose you just set the shape to
13840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13858 \begin_inset space ~
13870 \begin_layout Standard
13871 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13879 \begin_inset space ~
13891 \begin_layout Itemize
13897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13904 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13922 \begin_inset Newline newline
13926 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13940 \begin_inset Note Note
13943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13944 For more on phantoms see section
13945 \begin_inset space ~
13949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13951 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13961 \begin_inset Newline newline
13967 \begin_layout Itemize
13972 fonts use characters with serifs.
13973 These are the small
13974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13981 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13982 The following example will show the difference:
13983 \begin_inset Newline newline
13987 \begin_inset Newline newline
13992 text without serifs
13995 \begin_inset Newline newline
13998 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13999 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14006 \begin_layout Itemize
14012 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14013 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14016 \begin_layout Standard
14017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14024 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14025 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14026 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14028 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14029 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14030 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14047 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14048 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14056 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14065 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14100 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14109 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14113 \begin_layout Standard
14114 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14115 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14118 \begin_layout Section
14119 Printing and Previewing
14122 \begin_layout Subsection
14126 \begin_layout Standard
14127 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14128 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14129 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14130 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14131 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14133 Additional Features
14138 \begin_layout Standard
14139 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14140 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14141 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14142 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14143 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14144 This happens in two stages:
14147 \begin_layout Enumerate
14148 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14149 generating a file with the extension,
14150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14164 \begin_layout Enumerate
14165 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14169 file to produce printable output.
14173 \begin_layout Subsection
14174 Output file formats
14175 \begin_inset Index idx
14178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14187 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14194 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14195 Simple text (ASCII)
14196 \begin_inset Index idx
14199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14200 File formats ! ASCII
14208 \begin_layout Standard
14209 This file type has the extension
14210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14222 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14226 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14233 \begin_layout Standard
14234 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14236 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14237 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14239 \begin_inset space ~
14246 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14247 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14249 \begin_inset space ~
14253 \begin_inset space ~
14259 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14265 \begin_inset Index idx
14268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14269 File formats ! LaTeX
14277 \begin_layout Standard
14278 This file type has the extension
14279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14290 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14292 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14293 it manually with console commands.
14294 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14295 you view or export your document.
14298 \begin_layout Standard
14299 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14301 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14302 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14321 \begin_inset Index idx
14324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14333 \begin_layout Standard
14334 This file type has the extension
14335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14355 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14356 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14357 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14361 \begin_layout Standard
14362 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14363 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14364 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14365 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14367 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14370 \begin_layout Standard
14371 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14373 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14374 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14379 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14380 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14382 \begin_inset space ~
14389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 The latter option uses the program
14408 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14409 font access (see section
14410 \begin_inset space ~
14414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14416 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14421 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14425 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14427 \begin_inset Index idx
14430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14431 File formats ! PostScript
14439 \begin_layout Standard
14440 This file type has the extension
14441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14453 PostScript was developed by the company
14457 as a printer language.
14458 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14460 PostScript can be seen as a
14461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14464 programming language
14465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14468 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14473 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14479 \begin_inset Index idx
14482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14483 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14493 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14496 \begin_layout Standard
14497 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14501 Encapsulated PostScript
14502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14505 (EPS, file extension
14506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14518 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14519 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14524 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14525 \begin_inset space ~
14528 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14529 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14530 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14531 EPS to avoid this problem.
14534 \begin_layout Standard
14535 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14537 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14538 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14546 \begin_inset Index idx
14549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14556 \begin_inset Index idx
14559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14568 \begin_layout Standard
14569 This file type has the extension
14570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14586 Portable Document Format
14587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14594 was derived from PostScript.
14595 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14604 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14605 looks exactly the same.
14608 \begin_layout Standard
14609 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14613 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14617 (JPG, file extension
14618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14645 Portable Network Graphics
14646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14649 (PNG, file extension
14650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14662 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14663 in the background to one of these formats.
14664 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14665 will slow down your workflow.
14666 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14669 \begin_layout Standard
14670 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14672 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14675 in three different ways:
14678 \begin_layout Description
14679 PDF This uses the program
14683 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14684 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14688 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14689 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14692 \begin_layout Description
14694 \begin_inset space ~
14697 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14701 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14705 \begin_layout Description
14707 \begin_inset space ~
14710 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14714 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14717 \begin_layout Description
14719 \begin_inset space ~
14726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14733 X) This uses the program
14737 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14742 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14743 font access (see section
14744 \begin_inset space ~
14748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14750 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14755 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14756 y written Japanese.
14759 \begin_layout Description
14761 \begin_inset space ~
14768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14775 X) This uses the program
14779 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14784 is an even newer engine, derived from
14788 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14789 access (see section
14790 \begin_inset space ~
14794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14796 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14801 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14805 \begin_layout Standard
14806 We recommend to use
14809 \begin_inset space ~
14818 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14819 works without problems.
14820 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14821 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14825 \begin_inset space ~
14832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14844 \begin_inset space ~
14851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14860 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14870 \begin_inset Index idx
14873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14874 FileFormats ! XHTML
14880 \begin_inset Index idx
14883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14892 \begin_layout Standard
14893 This file type has the extension
14894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14906 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14907 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14908 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14909 suitable for the purpose.
14910 For the math output you can choose in the menu
14912 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14913 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14916 between different formats, that are described in section
14918 Math Output in XHTML
14923 \begin_inset space ~
14931 \begin_layout Standard
14932 XHTML output remains
14933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14940 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14943 LyX and the World Wide Web
14947 Additional Features
14949 manual, for more information.
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14953 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14955 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14956 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14962 \begin_layout Subsection
14964 \begin_inset Index idx
14967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14976 \begin_layout Standard
14977 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14978 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14987 or the toolbar button
14994 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14995 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15002 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15006 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15014 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15019 Further output formats can be selected via
15021 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15024 or the toolbar button
15025 \begin_inset Graphics
15026 filename ../images/view-others.png
15028 groupId toolbarbuttons
15035 \begin_layout Standard
15036 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15037 viewer window using the menu
15039 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15044 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15045 Update (Other Formats)
15050 \begin_layout Standard
15051 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15053 To have a real output, export your document.
15056 \begin_layout Subsection
15057 Printing the File from within LyX
15058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15060 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15067 \begin_layout Standard
15068 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15069 it directly from within LyX.
15070 To print a file, select the menu
15072 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15075 or click on the toolbar button
15078 arg "dialog-show print"
15082 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15083 This file is then processed by the program
15087 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15092 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15095 \begin_layout Standard
15096 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15097 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15098 printing one set to print on the other side.
15099 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15100 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15101 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15104 \begin_layout Standard
15105 You can set the parameters in the
15108 \begin_inset space ~
15116 \begin_layout Labeling
15117 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15122 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15127 Note that this printer name is for the program
15136 has to be configured for this printer name.
15137 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15138 \begin_inset space ~
15142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15144 reference "sub:Printer"
15153 The printer should understand PostScript.
15156 \begin_layout Labeling
15157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15162 The name of a file to print to.
15163 The output will be a PostScript file.
15164 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15168 \begin_layout Section
15169 A few Words about Typography
15170 \begin_inset Index idx
15173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15182 \begin_layout Subsection
15184 \begin_inset Index idx
15187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15196 \begin_layout Standard
15198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15209 character comes in four lengths: the
15221 , and the minus sign:
15222 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15228 \begin_layout Standard
15229 \begin_inset Tabular
15230 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15231 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15232 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15233 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15234 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15235 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15264 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15304 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15331 \begin_inset space ~
15334 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15341 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15366 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15368 \begin_inset space ~
15371 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15392 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15426 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15432 \begin_layout Standard
15433 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15445 character multiple times in a row.
15446 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15447 the final output, but not in LyX.
15449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15479 \begin_layout Standard
15480 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15481 math mode and has a length of its own.
15482 Here are some examples of the
15483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15497 \begin_layout Enumerate
15498 line- and page-breaks
15499 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15509 \begin_layout Enumerate
15511 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15521 \begin_layout Enumerate
15522 Oh — there's a dash.
15523 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15533 \begin_layout Enumerate
15534 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15538 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15548 \begin_layout Subsection
15550 \begin_inset Index idx
15553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15562 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15569 \begin_layout Standard
15570 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15571 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15576 \begin_inset Index idx
15579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15580 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15585 following the rules of the document language.
15588 \begin_layout Standard
15589 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15594 font and with unusual constructs, like
15595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15603 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15605 This is done with the menu
15607 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15608 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15610 \begin_inset space ~
15616 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15617 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15620 \begin_layout Standard
15621 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15622 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15632 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15640 as a hyphenation possibility.
15641 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15642 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15643 as described in section
15644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15647 Prevent Hyphenation
15648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15654 \begin_inset space ~
15662 \begin_layout Subsection
15664 \begin_inset Index idx
15667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15676 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15677 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15678 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15680 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15687 \begin_layout Standard
15688 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15689 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15690 LaTeX then adds the
15691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15694 appropriate amount of space
15695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15699 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15701 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15704 \begin_layout Standard
15705 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15706 not work in all cases.
15708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15719 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15720 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15723 \begin_layout Standard
15724 Here are some examples of
15728 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15731 \begin_layout Itemize
15736 \begin_layout Itemize
15741 \begin_layout Standard
15742 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15745 \begin_layout Itemize
15747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15751 this is too much space!
15754 \begin_layout Itemize
15759 \begin_layout Standard
15760 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15763 \begin_layout Standard
15764 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15767 \begin_layout Enumerate
15771 \begin_inset space ~
15776 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15777 \begin_inset space ~
15781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15783 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15788 \begin_inset Index idx
15791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15792 Spaces ! inter-word
15800 \begin_layout Enumerate
15804 \begin_inset space ~
15809 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15810 \begin_inset space ~
15814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15816 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15821 \begin_inset Index idx
15824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15833 \begin_layout Enumerate
15837 \begin_inset space ~
15841 \begin_inset space ~
15845 \begin_inset space ~
15852 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15854 \begin_inset space ~
15859 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15860 This function is also bound to
15863 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15869 \begin_layout Standard
15870 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15873 \begin_layout Itemize
15875 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15879 \begin_inset space \space{}
15882 this is too much space!
15885 \begin_layout Itemize
15886 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15890 \begin_layout Standard
15891 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15892 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15893 will take care of this.
15896 \begin_layout Standard
15897 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15901 \begin_inset space ~
15906 feature described in section
15912 Additional Features
15917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15919 \begin_inset Index idx
15922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15923 Typography ! Quotes
15929 \begin_inset Index idx
15932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15963 \begin_layout Standard
15964 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15965 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15966 and use a closing quote at the end.
15968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15976 The keyboard character,
15980 , generates this automatically.
15983 \begin_layout Standard
15984 You can change the behavior of the
15988 key using the submenu
15994 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15998 \begin_inset Index idx
16001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16002 Document ! Settings
16010 \begin_layout Standard
16011 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
16016 There are six choices:
16019 \begin_layout Labeling
16020 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16032 Use quotes like this
16033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16041 \begin_inset Quotes els
16045 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16051 \begin_layout Labeling
16052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16055 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16059 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16065 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16069 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16073 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16079 \begin_layout Labeling
16080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16083 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16087 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16093 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16097 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16101 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16105 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16111 \begin_layout Labeling
16112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16115 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16119 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16125 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16129 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16133 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16137 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16143 \begin_layout Labeling
16144 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16147 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16151 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16157 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16161 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16165 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16169 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16175 \begin_layout Labeling
16176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16179 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16183 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16189 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16193 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16197 \begin_inset Quotes als
16201 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16207 \begin_layout Standard
16208 These settings affect what character the
16215 \begin_layout Subsection
16217 \begin_inset Index idx
16220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16221 Typography ! Ligatures
16227 \begin_inset Index idx
16230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16261 name "sub:Ligatures"
16268 \begin_layout Standard
16269 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16270 print them as single characters.
16271 These groups are known as
16276 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16278 Here are the standard ligatures:
16281 \begin_layout Itemize
16285 \begin_layout Itemize
16289 \begin_layout Itemize
16293 \begin_layout Itemize
16297 \begin_layout Itemize
16301 \begin_layout Standard
16302 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16305 \begin_layout Standard
16306 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16307 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16315 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16331 To break a ligature, use
16333 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16334 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16336 \begin_inset space ~
16343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16354 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16371 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16379 \begin_layout Subsection
16381 \begin_inset Index idx
16384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16393 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16400 \begin_layout Standard
16401 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16402 characters in different sizes and heights.
16403 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16404 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16424 \begin_inset Note Note
16427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16428 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16436 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16437 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16442 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16446 \begin_layout Description
16447 LyX The name of the game, write
16448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16469 \begin_layout Description
16470 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16492 \begin_layout Description
16493 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16515 \begin_layout Description
16516 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16538 \begin_layout Standard
16539 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16544 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16552 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16553 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16554 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16557 : The actual version is
16558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16565 , the previous one was
16566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16576 \begin_layout Standard
16577 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16582 \begin_inset space \space{}
16585 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16587 This will look in LyX like:
16588 \begin_inset Graphics
16589 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16595 \begin_inset Newline newline
16598 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16599 \begin_inset space ~
16603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16605 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16612 \begin_layout Subsection
16614 \begin_inset Index idx
16617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16626 \begin_layout Standard
16627 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16628 space between two words.
16629 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16639 for units use the menu
16641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16642 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16644 \begin_inset space ~
16652 arg "space-insert thin"
16658 \begin_layout Standard
16659 Here is an example to show the differences:
16662 \begin_layout Standard
16663 \begin_inset Tabular
16664 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16665 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16666 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16667 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16674 \begin_inset space ~
16678 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16690 space between number and unit
16697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16706 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16718 half space between number and unit
16731 \begin_layout Subsection
16733 \begin_inset Index idx
16736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16737 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16745 \begin_layout Standard
16746 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16748 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16749 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16750 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16751 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16752 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16753 These bits of text became known as
16764 \begin_layout Standard
16765 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16766 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16767 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16768 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16769 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16770 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16771 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16774 \begin_layout Standard
16775 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16776 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16777 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16778 \begin_inset space ~
16782 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16784 key "latexcompanion"
16789 \begin_inset space ~
16793 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16799 ) may have more information.
16800 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16803 \begin_layout Chapter
16804 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16807 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16814 \begin_layout Standard
16815 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16818 \begin_inset space ~
16824 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16827 \begin_layout Section
16829 \begin_inset Index idx
16832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16848 \begin_layout Standard
16849 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16852 \begin_layout Description
16854 \begin_inset space ~
16857 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16858 \begin_inset Newline newline
16862 \begin_inset Note Note
16865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16866 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16874 \begin_layout Description
16875 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16876 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16878 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16879 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16881 \begin_inset space ~
16887 \begin_inset Newline newline
16891 \begin_inset Note Comment
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16895 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16903 \begin_layout Description
16905 \begin_inset space ~
16908 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16909 set in the document settings under
16911 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16913 \begin_inset space ~
16919 \begin_inset Newline newline
16923 \begin_inset Newline newline
16927 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16937 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16942 of a comment that appears in the output.
16948 \begin_inset Newline newline
16952 \begin_inset Newline newline
16955 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16956 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16959 \begin_layout Standard
16960 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16972 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16975 \begin_layout Section
16977 \begin_inset Index idx
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16989 name "sec:Footnotes"
16996 \begin_layout Standard
16997 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17003 or the toolbar button
17006 arg "footnote-insert"
17018 \begin_inset Graphics
17019 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17028 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17057 label, the box will
17061 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17062 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17075 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17091 \begin_layout Standard
17092 Here is an example footnote:
17100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17101 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17109 \begin_layout Standard
17110 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17111 position where the footnote box is placed.
17112 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17113 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17114 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17116 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17117 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17122 ey are described in the
17125 \begin_inset space ~
17133 \begin_layout Section
17135 \begin_inset Index idx
17138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17147 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17154 \begin_layout Standard
17155 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17156 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17160 \begin_inset space ~
17165 or the toolbar button
17168 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17194 appearing within your text.
17195 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17204 \begin_layout Standard
17205 At the side is an example marginal note.
17209 \begin_inset Marginal
17212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17213 This is a marginal note.
17221 \begin_layout Standard
17222 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17223 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17224 pages, right on odd pages.
17227 \begin_layout Standard
17228 For further information about marginal notes see section
17231 \begin_inset space ~
17239 \begin_inset space ~
17247 \begin_layout Section
17248 Graphics and Images
17249 \begin_inset Index idx
17252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17259 \begin_inset Index idx
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17271 name "sec:Graphics"
17278 \begin_layout Standard
17279 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17280 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17283 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17292 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17295 \begin_layout Standard
17296 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17301 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17302 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17304 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17305 \begin_inset space ~
17309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17311 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17318 \begin_layout Standard
17323 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17324 of the image in the output.
17325 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17329 \begin_inset space ~
17333 \begin_inset space ~
17342 \begin_inset space ~
17346 \begin_inset space ~
17350 \begin_inset space ~
17355 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17356 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17364 \begin_layout Standard
17367 LaTeX and LyX options
17369 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17370 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17374 \begin_inset space ~
17379 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17380 with the image size is printed.
17384 \begin_inset space ~
17388 \begin_inset space ~
17392 \begin_inset space ~
17397 is explained in the
17400 \begin_inset space ~
17412 \begin_layout Standard
17413 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17414 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17416 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17420 \begin_layout Standard
17422 \begin_inset Graphics
17423 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17431 \begin_layout Standard
17432 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17433 the image into a float, see section
17434 \begin_inset space ~
17438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17440 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17447 \begin_layout Subsection
17449 \begin_inset Index idx
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17461 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17468 \begin_layout Standard
17469 You can insert images in any known file format.
17470 But as we explained in section
17471 \begin_inset space ~
17475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17477 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17481 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17482 LyX uses therefore the program
17486 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17487 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17488 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17489 \begin_inset space ~
17493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17495 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17502 \begin_layout Standard
17503 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17506 \begin_layout Description
17508 \begin_inset space ~
17511 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17512 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17513 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17517 Graphics Interchange Format
17518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17521 (GIF, file extension
17522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17534 \begin_inset Index idx
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17569 Portable Network Graphics
17570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17573 (PNG, file extension
17574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17586 \begin_inset Index idx
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17621 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17625 (JPG, file extension
17626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17650 \begin_inset Index idx
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17684 \begin_layout Description
17686 \begin_inset space ~
17689 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17691 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17692 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17693 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17694 \begin_inset Newline newline
17697 Scalable image formats can be
17698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17701 Scalable Vector Graphics
17702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17705 (SVG, file extension
17706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17718 \begin_inset Index idx
17721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17753 Encapsulated PostScript
17754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17757 (EPS, file extension
17758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17770 \begin_inset Index idx
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17805 Portable Document Format
17806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17809 (PDF, file extension
17810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17822 \begin_inset Index idx
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17833 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17834 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17848 \begin_layout Standard
17849 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17853 \begin_layout Subsection
17854 Grouping of Image Settings
17855 \begin_inset Index idx
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 Images ! Settings grouping
17867 \begin_layout Standard
17868 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17870 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17871 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17873 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17874 need to manually change each of them.
17878 \begin_layout Standard
17879 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17882 \begin_inset space ~
17887 field in the Graphics dialog.
17888 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17889 by checking the name of the desired group.
17892 \begin_layout Section
17894 \begin_inset Index idx
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17913 \begin_layout Standard
17914 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17917 arg "tabular-insert"
17922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17926 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17927 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17928 from the rest of the table.
17929 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17930 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17932 Here is an example table:
17935 \begin_layout Standard
17937 \begin_inset Tabular
17938 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17939 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17940 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17941 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 \begin_layout Subsection
18147 \begin_layout Standard
18148 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18149 brings up the table dialog.
18150 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18151 where the cursor is placed currently.
18152 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18153 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18154 done on all of your selection.
18157 \begin_layout Standard
18158 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18161 \begin_inset space ~
18166 helps you in setting table properties.
18167 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18170 \begin_layout Standard
18174 \begin_inset space ~
18179 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18180 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18181 current cell respectively.
18182 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18184 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18185 of text, see section
18186 \begin_inset space ~
18190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18192 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18199 \begin_layout Standard
18200 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18201 using the check box
18210 This will merge the cells to
18214 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18215 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18216 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18217 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18218 in the last row without the upper border:
18221 \begin_layout Standard
18223 \begin_inset Tabular
18224 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18225 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18226 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18227 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18240 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 \begin_layout Standard
18361 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18362 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18363 explained in the tables section of the
18366 \begin_inset space ~
18372 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18376 degrees counterclockwise.
18377 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18380 \begin_layout Standard
18381 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 Most DVI-viewers are
18393 able to display rotations.
18401 \begin_layout Standard
18406 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18411 adds lines for all cell borders.
18414 \begin_layout Subsection
18416 \begin_inset Index idx
18419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18420 Tables ! Longtables
18426 \begin_inset Index idx
18429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 \begin_layout Standard
18439 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18442 \begin_inset space ~
18446 \begin_inset space ~
18455 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18456 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18459 \begin_layout Description
18464 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18465 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18466 except for the first page, if
18469 \begin_inset space ~
18477 \begin_layout Description
18481 \begin_inset space ~
18486 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18487 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18490 \begin_layout Description
18495 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18496 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18497 except for the last page, if
18500 \begin_inset space ~
18508 \begin_layout Description
18512 \begin_inset space ~
18517 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18518 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18521 \begin_layout Description
18522 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18523 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18525 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18529 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18532 \begin_inset space ~
18540 \begin_layout Standard
18541 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18542 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18543 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18544 The others will then be defined as
18549 In this context, first means first in this order:
18552 \begin_inset space ~
18564 \begin_inset space ~
18570 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18573 \begin_layout Standard
18575 \begin_inset Tabular
18576 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18577 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18578 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18579 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18580 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18581 <row endfirsthead="true">
18582 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18593 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18602 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18612 <row endfirsthead="true">
18613 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18633 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <row endhead="true">
18646 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <row endhead="true">
18677 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <row endfoot="true">
18710 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19711 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19720 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19731 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19824 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19855 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19917 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19948 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19979 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20041 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20072 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20103 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20134 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20165 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20196 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20227 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20258 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20289 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20320 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20382 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20444 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20475 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20506 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20537 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20568 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20599 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20630 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20661 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20691 <row endlastfoot="true">
20692 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20703 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20712 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20729 \begin_layout Subsection
20731 \begin_inset Index idx
20734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20743 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20750 \begin_layout Standard
20751 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20752 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20753 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20754 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20758 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20759 for the cell's paragraph.
20762 \begin_layout Standard
20763 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20764 for the column in the table dialog.
20765 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20766 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20770 \begin_layout Standard
20772 \begin_inset Tabular
20773 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20774 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20776 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20777 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20797 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20866 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20922 This is longer now.
20927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20978 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20979 This is longer now.
20984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21010 \begin_layout Standard
21011 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21012 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21017 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21018 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21024 Selection with the mouse or with
21028 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21029 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21030 the selection from outside the table.
21033 \begin_layout Section
21035 \begin_inset Index idx
21038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21054 \begin_layout Subsection
21058 \begin_layout Standard
21059 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21060 have a fixed location.
21062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21069 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21077 \begin_inset space ~
21082 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21083 too many notes on the page.
21086 \begin_layout Standard
21087 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21088 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21089 and pages without text.
21090 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21091 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21092 Floats are therefore numbered.
21093 Referencing is described in section
21094 \begin_inset space ~
21098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21100 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 To insert a float, use the menu
21110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21114 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21115 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21117 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21118 \begin_inset Index idx
21121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21127 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21128 paragraph within the float.
21129 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21130 by left-clicking on the box label.
21131 A closed float box looks like this:
21132 \begin_inset Graphics
21133 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21138 – a gray button with a red label.
21141 \begin_layout Standard
21142 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21143 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21146 \begin_layout Subsection
21150 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21154 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21159 \begin_inset Index idx
21162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21163 Floats ! Figure floats
21171 \begin_layout Standard
21173 \begin_inset space ~
21177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21179 reference "cap:Platypus"
21183 was created using the menu
21185 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21186 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21189 or the toolbar button
21192 arg "float-insert figure"
21196 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21202 or the toolbar button
21205 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21209 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21210 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21212 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21214 \begin_inset space ~
21219 or the toolbar button
21222 arg "layout-paragraph"
21228 \begin_layout Standard
21229 \begin_inset Float figure
21234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21236 \begin_inset Graphics
21237 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21247 \begin_inset Caption
21249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21252 name "cap:Platypus"
21256 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21269 \begin_layout Standard
21270 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21272 As described in section
21273 \begin_inset space ~
21277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21279 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21283 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21288 or the toolbar button
21294 and refer to it using the menu
21296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21299 or the toolbar button
21302 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21306 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21315 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21327 \begin_layout Standard
21328 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21329 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21330 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21331 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21332 as described in section
21333 \begin_inset space ~
21337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21339 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21345 \begin_inset space ~
21349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21351 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21355 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21356 You can also set the images one below the other.
21358 \begin_inset space ~
21362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21364 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21371 reference "fig:Platypus"
21375 are the subfigures.
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21379 \begin_inset Float figure
21384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21385 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21389 \begin_inset Float figure
21394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21395 \begin_inset Caption
21397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21400 name "fig:Undefinable"
21412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21413 \begin_inset Graphics
21414 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21425 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21429 \begin_inset Float figure
21434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21435 \begin_inset Caption
21437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21440 name "fig:Platypus"
21452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21453 \begin_inset Graphics
21454 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21466 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21473 \begin_inset Caption
21475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21478 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21482 Two distorted images.
21495 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21497 \begin_inset Index idx
21500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21501 Floats ! Table floats
21509 \begin_layout Standard
21510 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21512 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21513 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21516 or the toolbar botton
21519 arg "float-insert table"
21523 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21526 \begin_inset space ~
21530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21532 reference "cap:Table-float"
21539 \begin_layout Standard
21540 \begin_inset Float table
21545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21546 \begin_inset Caption
21548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21551 name "cap:Table-float"
21563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21565 \begin_inset Tabular
21566 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21567 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21569 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21697 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21718 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21721 \end{array}\right]$
21729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21742 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21763 \begin_layout Subsection
21765 \begin_inset Index idx
21768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21777 \begin_layout Standard
21778 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21779 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21780 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21782 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21790 \begin_inset space ~
21798 \begin_layout Section
21800 \begin_inset Index idx
21803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21812 name "sec:Minipages"
21819 \begin_layout Standard
21820 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21822 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21823 \begin_inset space ~
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21831 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21833 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21837 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21838 and its alignment within the page.
21841 \begin_layout Standard
21843 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21853 height_special "totalheight"
21856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21859 This is a minipage.
21860 The text is set in an italic style.
21863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21866 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21867 another formatting.
21875 \begin_layout Standard
21876 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21879 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21883 as described in section
21884 \begin_inset space ~
21888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21890 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21895 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21901 \begin_layout Standard
21902 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21912 height_special "totalheight"
21915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21916 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21917 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21923 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21927 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21937 height_special "totalheight"
21940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21941 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21942 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21950 \begin_layout Standard
21951 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21957 \begin_layout Standard
21958 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21959 to other box types.
21960 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21967 \begin_inset space ~
21975 \begin_layout Chapter
21976 Mathematical Formulas
21977 \begin_inset Index idx
21980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21987 \begin_inset Index idx
21990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22021 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22028 \begin_layout Standard
22029 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22034 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22037 \begin_layout Section
22039 \begin_inset Index idx
22042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22051 \begin_layout Standard
22052 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22059 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22061 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22062 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22063 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22071 \begin_layout Standard
22072 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22076 \begin_inset space ~
22081 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22084 \begin_layout Standard
22085 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22086 line, like this one:
22089 \begin_layout Standard
22090 This is a line with an inline formula
22091 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22097 \begin_layout Standard
22098 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22100 \begin_inset Formula
22107 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22110 \begin_layout Standard
22111 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22113 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22117 \begin_inset space \space{}
22121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22134 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22135 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22139 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22142 \begin_inset space ~
22150 \begin_layout Subsection
22151 Navigating in Formulas
22152 \begin_inset Index idx
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22164 \begin_layout Standard
22165 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22166 achieved with the arrow keys.
22167 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22168 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22173 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22174 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22178 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22182 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22185 \end{array}\right]$
22193 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22198 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22199 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22202 \begin_layout Standard
22207 , printed in this document as
22208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22229 \begin_inset Note Note
22232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22233 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22234 space character (visible space).
22239 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22240 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22241 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22246 For example, if you want
22247 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22301 , since in the latter case only the
22304 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22309 will be under the square root sign:
22310 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22316 \begin_layout Standard
22317 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22319 \begin_inset Formula
22321 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22330 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22331 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22334 \begin_layout Subsection
22338 \begin_layout Standard
22339 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22340 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22344 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22345 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22346 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22347 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22348 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22351 \begin_layout Subsection
22352 Exponents and Subscripts
22353 \begin_inset Index idx
22356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22363 \begin_inset Index idx
22366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22375 \begin_layout Standard
22376 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22377 way is to use a command.
22379 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22382 , type in a formula
22388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22404 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22410 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22414 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22444 , you have to use an extra
22448 to separate the hat and the character.
22450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22454 \begin_inset space \space{}
22458 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22479 Subscripts are similar: To get
22480 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22503 \begin_layout Subsection
22505 \begin_inset Index idx
22508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22517 \begin_layout Standard
22518 Create a fraction with either the command
22525 \begin_inset Graphics
22526 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22534 \begin_inset space ~
22540 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22541 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22542 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22547 To move back up, press
22552 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22553 \begin_inset Formula
22555 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22558 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22566 \begin_layout Subsection
22568 \begin_inset Index idx
22571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22580 \begin_layout Standard
22581 Roots can be created using the
22584 \begin_inset space ~
22590 \begin_inset Graphics
22591 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22593 groupId toolbarbuttons
22616 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22622 produces always a square root.
22625 \begin_layout Subsection
22626 Operators with Limits
22627 \begin_inset Index idx
22630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22637 \begin_inset Index idx
22640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22649 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22658 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22662 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22665 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22666 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22667 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22668 The sum operator will automatically place its
22669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22676 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22679 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22683 \begin_inset Formula
22685 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22690 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22694 \begin_layout Standard
22695 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22697 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22698 behind the operator and hitting
22706 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22707 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22709 \begin_inset space ~
22713 \begin_inset space ~
22721 \begin_layout Standard
22722 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22730 feature as addition, such as
22731 \begin_inset Index idx
22734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22741 \begin_inset Formula
22743 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22748 which will place the
22749 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22761 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22762 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22768 \begin_layout Standard
22769 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22776 Have a look at section
22777 \begin_inset space ~
22781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22783 reference "sub:Functions"
22787 for an explanation of function macros.
22790 \begin_layout Subsection
22792 \begin_inset Index idx
22795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22804 \begin_layout Standard
22805 Most math symbols can be found in the
22808 \begin_inset space ~
22813 under one of several categories; including
22830 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22834 \begin_layout Standard
22835 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22836 you don't have to use the
22839 \begin_inset space ~
22844 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22845 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22848 \begin_layout Subsection
22850 \begin_inset Index idx
22853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22862 \begin_layout Standard
22863 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22868 arg "space-insert protected"
22874 \begin_inset space ~
22880 \begin_inset Graphics
22881 filename ../images/math/space.png
22883 groupId toolbarbuttons
22888 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22889 For example, the sequence
22894 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22898 \begin_inset Graphics
22899 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22904 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22905 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22906 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22907 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22909 Here are two examples:
22912 \begin_layout Standard
22922 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22928 \begin_layout Standard
22938 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22944 \begin_layout Subsection
22946 \begin_inset Index idx
22949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22958 name "sub:Functions"
22965 \begin_layout Standard
22969 \begin_inset space ~
22974 contains under the button
22975 \begin_inset Graphics
22976 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22978 groupId toolbarbuttons
22982 a number of function macros, such as
22983 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22987 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22995 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23002 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23003 avoid confusions, because
23004 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23008 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23014 \begin_layout Standard
23015 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23017 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23021 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23027 \begin_layout Standard
23028 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23029 s are placed, as described in section
23030 \begin_inset space ~
23034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23036 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23043 \begin_layout Subsection
23045 \begin_inset Index idx
23048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23057 \begin_layout Standard
23058 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23060 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23061 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23066 \begin_inset space \space{}
23070 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23073 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23074 Our example is entered by typing
23082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23095 \begin_inset space ~
23099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23101 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23105 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23108 \begin_layout Standard
23109 \begin_inset Float table
23114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23115 \begin_inset Caption
23117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23120 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23124 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23134 \begin_inset Tabular
23135 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23136 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23223 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23277 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23331 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23385 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23439 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23493 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23547 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23601 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23655 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23700 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23721 \begin_layout Standard
23722 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23725 \begin_inset space ~
23731 \begin_inset Graphics
23732 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23734 groupId toolbarbuttons
23738 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23742 \begin_layout Section
23743 Brackets and Delimiters
23744 \begin_inset Index idx
23747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23754 \begin_inset Index idx
23757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23766 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23773 \begin_layout Standard
23774 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23775 For most purposes, using just the keys
23780 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23781 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23782 toolbar delimiter icon
23785 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23789 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23791 \begin_inset Formula
23793 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23801 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23802 \begin_inset Formula
23804 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23812 \begin_layout Standard
23813 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23814 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23817 \begin_layout Standard
23818 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23819 left side and right side.
23820 If you use the option
23823 \begin_inset space ~
23828 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23829 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23830 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23831 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23834 \begin_layout Standard
23835 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23836 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23837 inside the brackets.
23838 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23843 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23846 \begin_layout Section
23847 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23848 \begin_inset Index idx
23851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23858 \begin_inset Index idx
23861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23868 \begin_inset Index idx
23871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23872 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23880 \begin_layout Standard
23881 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23884 \begin_inset space ~
23890 \begin_inset Graphics
23891 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23893 groupId toolbarbuttons
23898 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23899 Here is an example:
23900 \begin_inset Formula
23902 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23911 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23912 \begin_inset space ~
23916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23918 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23923 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23924 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23925 This alignment is set in the box
23930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23978 for every column as default.
23979 For example, the sequence
23980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23991 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23992 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23993 corresponds to the relevant column.
23994 The result will look like this:
23995 \begin_inset Formula
23998 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23999 column & has & has\, right\\
24000 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24009 \begin_layout Standard
24010 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24013 arg "newline-insert newline"
24016 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24017 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24022 or the math toolbar.
24025 \begin_layout Standard
24026 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24027 It can be created with the menu
24029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24030 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24032 \begin_inset space ~
24044 Here is an example:
24045 \begin_inset Formula
24059 \begin_layout Standard
24060 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24063 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24066 arg "newline-insert newline"
24070 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24075 arg "newline-insert newline"
24078 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24086 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24087 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24088 A new row is created by every further hit of
24091 arg "newline-insert newline"
24095 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24096 Here is an example:
24097 \begin_inset Formula
24099 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24100 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24105 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24106 where you want to start the shift and hit
24111 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24112 position to the next column.
24113 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24114 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24115 \begin_inset Formula
24117 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24125 \begin_layout Standard
24126 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24133 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24134 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24137 reference "eq:asquared"
24142 The other types are described in section
24143 \begin_inset space ~
24147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24149 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24156 \begin_layout Section
24157 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24158 \begin_inset Index idx
24161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24162 Math ! Formula numbering
24168 \begin_inset Index idx
24171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24172 Math ! Referencing formulas
24178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24180 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24187 \begin_layout Standard
24188 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24190 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24191 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24193 \begin_inset space ~
24201 arg "math-number-toggle"
24205 The formula number appears in LyX as
24206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24213 within parentheses.
24215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24222 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24224 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24225 the document class.
24226 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24227 separated by a dot:
24228 \begin_inset Formula
24238 arg "math-number-toggle"
24241 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24242 You can only number displayed formulas.
24245 \begin_layout Standard
24246 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24248 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24249 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24251 \begin_inset space ~
24255 \begin_inset space ~
24259 \begin_inset space ~
24267 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24270 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24271 \begin_inset Formula
24274 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24280 To number all lines use the shortcut
24283 arg "math-number-toggle"
24289 \begin_layout Standard
24290 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24293 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24294 A label is inserted with the menu
24296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24299 when the cursor is in the formula.
24300 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24301 It is recommended to use the proposed
24302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24313 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24314 type when you have many labels in your document.
24315 We inserted in the following example the label
24316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24323 in the second line:
24324 \begin_inset Formula
24326 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24327 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24332 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24333 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24343 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24347 \begin_inset space ~
24353 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24354 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24355 as the formula number:
24358 \begin_layout Standard
24359 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24362 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24369 \begin_layout Standard
24370 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24371 \begin_inset space ~
24375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24377 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24382 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24385 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24388 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24393 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24401 \begin_layout Section
24402 User defined math macros
24403 \begin_inset Index idx
24406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24415 \begin_layout Standard
24416 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24417 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24418 Math macros are explained in section
24421 \begin_inset space ~
24433 \begin_layout Section
24437 \begin_layout Subsection
24439 \begin_inset Index idx
24442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24451 \begin_layout Standard
24452 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24453 To set a font in a formula, use the
24456 \begin_inset space ~
24462 \begin_inset Graphics
24463 filename ../images/math/font.png
24465 groupId toolbarbuttons
24469 , or enter its command, listed in table
24470 \begin_inset space ~
24474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24476 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24483 \begin_layout Standard
24484 \begin_inset Float table
24489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24490 \begin_inset Caption
24492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24495 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24499 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24509 \begin_inset Tabular
24510 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24511 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24513 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24545 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24572 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24599 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24632 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24659 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24686 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24720 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24747 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24781 \begin_layout Standard
24782 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24790 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24806 \begin_layout Standard
24807 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24808 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24813 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24814 space when you need a space in the box.
24815 Here an example where
24816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24827 denotes the set of numbers:
24828 \begin_inset Formula
24830 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24838 \begin_layout Standard
24839 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24841 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24845 \begin_inset space \space{}
24857 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24861 \begin_inset Newline newline
24864 So it is better not to use this feature.
24867 \begin_layout Standard
24868 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24869 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24873 \begin_inset Newline newline
24876 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24882 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24883 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24889 \begin_layout Standard
24896 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24899 \begin_layout Standard
24900 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24902 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24903 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24905 \begin_inset space ~
24913 \begin_layout Subsection
24915 \begin_inset Index idx
24918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24927 \begin_layout Standard
24928 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24930 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24934 \begin_inset space ~
24938 \begin_inset space ~
24946 \begin_inset space ~
24952 \begin_inset Graphics
24953 filename ../images/math/font.png
24955 groupId toolbarbuttons
24966 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24967 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24968 Here is an example:
24969 \begin_inset Formula
24972 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24973 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24982 \begin_layout Subsection
24984 \begin_inset Index idx
24987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24996 \begin_layout Standard
24997 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24998 automatically chosen in most situations.
25016 For most characters,
25024 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25025 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25030 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25031 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25033 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25034 \begin_inset Graphics
25035 filename ../images/math/style.png
25037 groupId toolbarbuttons
25042 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25043 For example, you can set
25044 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25047 , which is normally in
25056 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25060 The four styles are used in the following example:
25063 \begin_layout Standard
25064 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25068 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25072 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25076 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25082 \begin_layout Standard
25083 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25084 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25086 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25088 \begin_inset space ~
25093 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25094 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25095 will be adjusted to correspond.
25096 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25107 \begin_layout Standard
25111 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25117 \begin_layout Section
25121 \begin_layout Standard
25122 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25123 the document classes and into layout modules.
25124 \begin_inset Index idx
25127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25133 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25134 other than the AMS classes.
25136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25138 reference "sub:Modules"
25142 for more on layout modules.
25145 \begin_layout Section
25147 \begin_inset Index idx
25150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25157 \begin_inset Index idx
25160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25169 \begin_layout Standard
25170 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25171 (AMS) that are in common use.
25174 \begin_layout Subsection
25175 Enabling AMS-Support
25178 \begin_layout Standard
25179 Selecting the checkbox
25182 \begin_inset space ~
25186 \begin_inset space ~
25190 \begin_inset space ~
25197 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25201 \begin_inset Index idx
25204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25205 Document ! Settings
25213 \begin_inset space ~
25218 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25220 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25221 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25224 \begin_layout Subsection
25226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25228 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25233 \begin_inset Index idx
25236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25237 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25245 \begin_layout Standard
25246 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25247 LyX allows you to choose between
25268 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25271 \begin_layout Chapter
25275 \begin_layout Section
25277 \begin_inset Index idx
25280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25289 name "sec:Cross-References"
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25297 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25298 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25300 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25301 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25302 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25305 \begin_layout Enumerate
25309 \begin_layout Enumerate
25310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25312 name "enu:Second-item"
25319 \begin_layout Enumerate
25323 \begin_layout Standard
25324 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25329 or by pressing the toolbar button
25336 A grey label box like this:
25337 \begin_inset Graphics
25338 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25343 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25344 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25379 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25384 \begin_inset space \space{}
25387 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25402 \begin_layout Standard
25403 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25408 or the toolbar button
25411 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25415 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25416 \begin_inset Graphics
25417 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25422 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25424 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25437 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25441 \begin_layout Standard
25444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25447 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25452 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25453 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25455 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25461 \begin_layout Standard
25462 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25463 \begin_inset space ~
25467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25469 reference "enu:Second-item"
25476 \begin_layout Standard
25477 It is recommended to use a protected space
25481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25482 described in section
25483 \begin_inset space ~
25487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25489 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25498 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25502 \begin_layout Standard
25503 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25506 \begin_layout Description
25507 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25510 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25517 \begin_layout Description
25518 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25519 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25531 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25538 \begin_layout Description
25539 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25540 \begin_inset space ~
25544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25545 LatexCommand pageref
25546 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25553 \begin_layout Description
25555 \begin_inset space ~
25559 \begin_inset space ~
25562 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25564 LatexCommand vpageref
25565 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25572 \begin_layout Description
25574 \begin_inset space ~
25578 \begin_inset space ~
25582 \begin_inset space ~
25585 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25588 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25595 \begin_layout Description
25597 \begin_inset space ~
25600 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25601 \begin_inset Newline newline
25605 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25613 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25622 \begin_inset Index idx
25625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25626 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25632 \begin_inset Index idx
25635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25636 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25647 \begin_inset Newline newline
25650 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25653 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25657 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25658 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25662 The format is specified by adding the command
25674 (refstyle) to the preamble of the document.
25675 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25688 ) can be done with this command
25689 \begin_inset Newline newline
25696 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25701 \begin_inset Newline newline
25704 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25706 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25708 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25715 \begin_layout Description
25717 \begin_inset space ~
25720 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25722 LatexCommand nameref
25723 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25730 \begin_layout Standard
25735 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25742 \begin_inset space \space{}
25746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25760 <reference> on page <page>
25762 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25765 \begin_layout Standard
25766 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25767 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25768 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25772 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25776 \begin_layout Standard
25777 You can only use the style
25781 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25785 is always possible.
25788 \begin_layout Standard
25789 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25790 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25792 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25793 \begin_inset space ~
25797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25799 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25806 \begin_layout Standard
25807 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25811 \begin_inset space ~
25815 \begin_inset space ~
25820 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25821 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25824 \begin_inset space ~
25829 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25830 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25833 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25839 \begin_layout Standard
25840 You can change labels at any time.
25841 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25842 do not need to take care about this.
25845 \begin_layout Standard
25846 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25847 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25850 \begin_layout Standard
25851 References are described in detail in sec.
25852 \begin_inset space ~
25856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25866 \begin_inset space ~
25874 \begin_layout Section
25875 Table of Contents and other Listings
25876 \begin_inset Index idx
25879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25886 \begin_inset Index idx
25889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25905 \begin_layout Subsection
25907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25909 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25916 \begin_layout Standard
25917 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25920 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25922 \begin_inset space ~
25926 \begin_inset space ~
25932 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25933 If you click on it, the
25937 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25938 sections in your documents.
25939 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25941 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25944 that is described in sec.
25945 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25951 reference "sec:Navigating"
25958 \begin_layout Standard
25959 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25960 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25962 \begin_inset space ~
25966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25968 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25972 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25974 \begin_inset space ~
25978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25980 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25984 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25986 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25989 \begin_layout Subsection
25990 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25993 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26000 \begin_layout Standard
26001 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26002 You can insert them via the
26004 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26006 \begin_inset space ~
26010 \begin_inset space ~
26016 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26019 \begin_layout Section
26020 URLs and Hyperlinks
26021 \begin_inset Index idx
26024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26031 \begin_inset Index idx
26034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26043 \begin_layout Subsection
26045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26055 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26064 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26065 \begin_inset Flex URL
26068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26078 \begin_layout Standard
26079 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26085 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26089 \begin_layout Standard
26090 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26098 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26106 \begin_layout Subsection
26108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26110 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26117 \begin_layout Standard
26118 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26123 or with the toolbar button
26130 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26139 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26140 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26141 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26143 name "LyX's homepage"
26144 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26148 , an Email address like this:
26149 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26151 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26152 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26157 , or a link to a file.
26160 \begin_layout Standard
26161 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26174 to the link target.
26177 \begin_layout Standard
26178 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26179 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26180 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26181 the text style dialog.
26182 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26186 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26188 name "LyX's homepage"
26189 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26197 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26201 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26203 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26204 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26208 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26210 \begin_inset Newline newline
26218 \begin_inset Newline newline
26225 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26228 \begin_layout Section
26230 \begin_inset Index idx
26233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26242 name "sec:Appendices"
26249 \begin_layout Standard
26250 Appendices are created with the menu
26252 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26254 \begin_inset space ~
26258 \begin_inset space ~
26264 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26265 as the appendix region.
26266 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26269 \begin_layout Standard
26270 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26271 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26272 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26273 and the subsection number.
26274 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26278 \begin_layout Standard
26280 \begin_inset space ~
26284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26286 reference "cha:Credits"
26291 \begin_inset space ~
26295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26297 reference "sub:Export"
26304 \begin_layout Section
26306 \begin_inset Index idx
26309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26318 name "sec:Bibliography"
26325 \begin_layout Standard
26326 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26327 You can include a bibliography database,
26331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26332 Known under the name
26333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26345 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26346 manually, using the paragraph environment
26350 , which was described in section
26351 \begin_inset space ~
26355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26357 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26362 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26363 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26367 use a bibliography database.
26370 \begin_layout Subsection
26371 The Bibliography Environment
26374 \begin_layout Standard
26379 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26381 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26390 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26392 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26401 , a short form of its title, as key.
26404 \begin_layout Standard
26405 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26410 or the toolbar button
26413 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26417 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26418 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26419 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26420 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26424 \begin_layout Standard
26425 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26426 entry with surrounding brackets.
26431 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26432 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26444 \begin_layout Standard
26447 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26450 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26452 key "latexcompanion"
26459 \begin_layout Standard
26460 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26461 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26470 \begin_layout Subsection
26471 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26472 \begin_inset Index idx
26475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26476 Bibliography ! Databases
26482 \begin_inset Index idx
26485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26486 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26494 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26502 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26508 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26510 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26511 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26516 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26518 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26519 your working field in a database.
26520 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26521 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26523 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26527 \begin_layout Standard
26528 The database is a text file with the file extension
26529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26540 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26541 The format is explained in
26542 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26548 and in LaTeX books (
26549 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26551 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26556 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26557 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26558 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26559 \begin_inset Flex URL
26562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26564 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26572 \begin_layout Standard
26573 To use a database, use the menu
26575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26580 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26593 \begin_inset space ~
26599 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26600 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26603 Add bibliography to TOC
26605 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26610 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26611 in the document or just the cited references.
26614 \begin_layout Standard
26615 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26627 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26628 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26629 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26631 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26637 For information how this is done, have a look at
26638 \begin_inset Newline newline
26642 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26644 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26656 \begin_layout Standard
26657 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26660 \begin_layout Standard
26661 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26662 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as processor;
26663 either in the document settings under
26667 or in LyX's preferences under
26669 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26684 The following variants are possible:
26687 \begin_layout Description
26688 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26689 other bibliography packages (like e.
26690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26694 \begin_inset space ~
26701 ), only with the package
26705 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26709 \begin_layout Description
26710 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26711 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26712 with all bibliography packages, except of
26717 \begin_layout Description
26718 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26723 , works with all.bibliography packages
26726 \begin_layout Standard
26727 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26729 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26735 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26744 \begin_layout Standard
26745 When you select the option
26747 Sectioned bibliography
26751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26754 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26755 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26757 Customizing Bibliographies
26765 Additional Features
26770 \begin_layout Standard
26771 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26772 the two methods of creating them.
26773 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26774 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26775 We used the style file
26779 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26782 \begin_layout Subsection
26783 Bibliography layout
26784 \begin_inset Index idx
26787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26788 Bibliography ! Layout
26796 \begin_layout Standard
26797 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26798 For this feature you need to enable the option
26804 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26808 \begin_inset Index idx
26811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26812 Document ! Settings
26822 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26823 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26824 in the previous section.
26827 \begin_layout Standard
26828 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26829 in the citation reference window.
26830 Here an example where we set the text
26831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26835 \begin_inset space ~
26839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26842 to appear after the reference:
26845 \begin_layout Standard
26847 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26850 key "latexcompanion"
26857 \begin_layout Section
26859 \begin_inset Index idx
26862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26878 \begin_layout Standard
26879 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26881 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26883 \begin_inset space ~
26888 or the toolbar button
26896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26907 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26908 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26909 by LyX as the index entry.
26912 \begin_layout Standard
26913 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26914 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26916 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26918 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26925 \begin_layout Standard
26926 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26930 \begin_inset space ~
26934 \begin_inset space ~
26937 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26939 \begin_inset space ~
26945 A light blue box labeled
26946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26957 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26958 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26961 \begin_layout Subsection
26962 Grouping Index Entries
26963 \begin_inset Index idx
26966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26975 \begin_layout Standard
26976 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26978 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26979 lists under the entry
26980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26988 First we create the entry
26989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26997 \begin_inset space ~
27001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27003 reference "sub:Lists"
27008 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27009 \begin_inset space ~
27013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27015 reference "sec:Itemize"
27019 , we insert the command
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27028 \begin_layout Standard
27032 \begin_layout Standard
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27039 for the enumerated list in section
27040 \begin_inset space ~
27044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27046 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27053 \begin_layout Standard
27054 The exclamation mark
27055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27062 marks the grouping levels.
27063 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27064 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27065 If we don't have an index entry for
27066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27073 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27076 \begin_layout Subsection
27078 \begin_inset Index idx
27081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27082 Index ! Page ranges
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27091 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27093 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27099 \begin_inset space \space{}
27102 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27104 \begin_inset space ~
27108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27110 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27120 Paragraph environments|(
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27124 and another entry at the end of section
27125 \begin_inset space ~
27129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27131 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27138 \begin_layout Standard
27141 Paragraph environments|)
27144 \begin_layout Standard
27146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27169 respectively start and end the index range.
27170 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27171 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27172 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27173 An example is the index entry
27174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27177 Document ! Settings
27178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27184 \begin_layout Subsection
27186 \begin_inset Index idx
27189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27190 Index ! Cross referencing
27198 \begin_layout Standard
27199 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27200 We referred for example in the index entry
27201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27209 \begin_inset space ~
27213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27215 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27219 ) to the index entry
27220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27227 in the same section using the entry
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27233 GIF|see{Image formats}
27236 \begin_layout Standard
27237 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27238 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27239 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27242 \begin_layout Subsection
27244 \begin_inset Index idx
27247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27248 Index ! Entry order
27256 \begin_layout Standard
27257 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27258 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27259 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27264 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27266 \begin_inset space ~
27270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27272 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27281 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27282 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27307 \begin_inset Index idx
27310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27311 Dummy entries ! maïs
27317 \begin_inset Index idx
27320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27321 Dummy entries ! maître
27327 \begin_inset Index idx
27330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27331 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27336 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27337 order maïs, maison, maître.
27338 To achieve this, we use the command
27341 \begin_layout Standard
27344 previous entry@current entry
27347 \begin_layout Standard
27348 In our case we want to have
27349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27364 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27367 \begin_layout Standard
27373 \begin_layout Standard
27374 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27375 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27379 \begin_layout Standard
27380 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27386 \begin_layout Standard
27387 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27392 to generate the index (see sec.
27393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27399 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27408 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27416 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27420 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27421 index commands start with
27422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27434 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27439 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27466 \begin_layout Subsection
27468 \begin_inset Index idx
27471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27472 Index ! Entry layout
27480 \begin_layout Standard
27481 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27482 \begin_inset Index idx
27485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27488 This is an italic dummy entry
27493 You can also format the page number using the character
27494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27501 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27502 We can write for example
27505 \begin_layout Standard
27508 italic page number:|textit
27511 \begin_layout Standard
27512 to get the page number in italic.
27513 \begin_inset Index idx
27516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27517 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27522 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27540 \begin_inset space ~
27546 Have a look at section
27547 \begin_inset space ~
27551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27553 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27557 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27560 \begin_layout Standard
27561 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27569 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27573 to generate the index, see sec.
27574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27580 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27589 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27590 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27592 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27595 key "latexcompanion"
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27608 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27610 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27611 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27612 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27613 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27614 If so, put the following in the preamble
27617 \begin_layout Standard
27629 \begin_layout Standard
27633 \begin_layout Standard
27639 \begin_layout Standard
27640 in the index entry.
27641 \begin_inset Index idx
27644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27645 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27650 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27651 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27652 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27655 \begin_layout Standard
27656 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27658 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27662 \begin_inset space \space{}
27665 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27666 for all index entries.
27667 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27679 documentation for details,
27680 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27682 key "makeindex,xindy"
27689 \begin_layout Subsection
27691 \begin_inset Index idx
27694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27703 name "sub:Index-Program"
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27711 If the index entry program
27715 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27719 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27728 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27729 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27730 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27731 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27732 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27742 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27743 dialog, see section
27744 \begin_inset space ~
27748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27750 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27755 The available options are listed and explained in
27756 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27758 key "makeindex,xindy"
27763 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27767 \begin_layout Standard
27768 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27769 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27772 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27773 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27777 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27778 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27781 \begin_layout Subsection
27785 \begin_layout Standard
27786 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27787 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27795 next to the standard index.
27796 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27797 packages that add this feature.
27803 \begin_inset Index idx
27806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27807 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27812 package to generate multiple indexes.
27813 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27814 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27815 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27822 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27823 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27824 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27827 \begin_layout Standard
27828 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27831 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27838 Use multiple Indexes
27839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27843 Note that the list of
27844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27851 below already contains the standard index.
27852 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27853 also appear as a heading) to the
27854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27861 input field and press the
27862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27870 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27871 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27872 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27876 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27882 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27883 indexes in the LyX work area.
27886 \begin_layout Standard
27887 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27892 \begin_inset space ~
27896 \begin_inset space ~
27905 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27906 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27907 are some additional features:
27910 \begin_layout Itemize
27911 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27912 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27915 \begin_layout Itemize
27916 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27917 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27926 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27931 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27932 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27933 to the non-subindexes.
27936 \begin_layout Section
27937 Nomenclature / Glossary
27938 \begin_inset Index idx
27941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27948 \begin_inset Index idx
27951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27982 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27989 \begin_layout Standard
27990 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27991 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27995 \begin_layout Standard
27996 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28001 \begin_inset Index idx
28004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28005 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28011 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28012 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28018 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28021 \begin_layout Standard
28022 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28023 and then use the menu
28025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28031 \begin_inset space ~
28036 or the toolbar button
28039 arg "nomencl-insert"
28044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28055 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28058 \begin_layout Standard
28059 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28060 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28061 The second is the description of the symbol.
28064 \begin_layout Standard
28065 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28073 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28081 \begin_layout Subsection
28082 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28083 \begin_inset Index idx
28086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28087 Nomenclature ! Layout
28095 \begin_layout Standard
28096 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28100 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28106 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28114 \begin_inset Newline newline
28122 \begin_inset Newline newline
28128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28135 character starts/ends the formula.
28136 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28148 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28158 \begin_layout Standard
28159 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28160 \begin_inset space ~
28164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28166 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28173 \begin_layout Standard
28177 \begin_inset space ~
28182 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28183 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28188 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28195 in this document is:
28196 \begin_inset Newline newline
28201 dummy entry for the character
28206 \begin_inset Newline newline
28218 \begin_inset space ~
28228 font use the command
28257 \begin_layout Subsection
28258 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28259 \begin_inset Index idx
28262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28263 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28271 \begin_layout Standard
28272 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28273 the symbol definition.
28274 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28275 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28278 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28279 LatexCommand nomenclature
28281 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28288 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28292 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28293 LatexCommand nomenclature
28296 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28301 They will be sorted by
28302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28328 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28331 will be sorted before the
28335 since the character
28336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28343 is considered in sorting.
28346 \begin_layout Standard
28347 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28350 \begin_inset space ~
28355 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28356 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28358 For the example given, you can insert
28362 in this field for the
28363 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28370 will be located before
28371 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28377 \begin_layout Standard
28378 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28383 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28392 \begin_layout Subsection
28393 Nomenclature Options
28394 \begin_inset Index idx
28397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28398 Nomenclature ! Options
28406 \begin_layout Standard
28411 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28412 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28415 \begin_layout Description
28416 refeq Appends the phrase
28417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28432 to every nomenclature entry, where
28438 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28441 \begin_layout Description
28442 refpage Appends the phrase
28443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28458 to every nomenclature entry, where
28464 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28467 \begin_layout Description
28468 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28471 \begin_layout Standard
28472 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28473 class options list in the
28475 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28479 In this document the options
28486 \begin_layout Standard
28487 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28493 \begin_layout Standard
28494 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28495 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28500 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28503 \begin_layout Description
28513 \begin_layout Description
28516 nomrefpage Like the
28523 \begin_layout Description
28526 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28535 \begin_layout Description
28539 \begin_inset space ~
28545 \begin_inset space ~
28550 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28553 \begin_layout Standard
28555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28562 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28563 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28566 \begin_layout Standard
28574 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28577 \begin_inset Newline newline
28584 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28589 \begin_inset Newline newline
28593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28608 by their translation.
28611 \begin_layout Subsection
28612 Printing the Nomenclature
28613 \begin_inset Index idx
28616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28617 Nomenclature ! Printing
28625 \begin_layout Standard
28626 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28628 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28630 \begin_inset space ~
28634 \begin_inset space ~
28637 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28653 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28654 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28655 You can choose between these settings:
28658 \begin_layout Description
28659 Default a space of 1
28660 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28666 \begin_layout Description
28668 \begin_inset space ~
28672 \begin_inset space ~
28675 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28678 \begin_layout Description
28679 Custom custom space
28682 \begin_layout Standard
28683 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28692 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28700 For example, in order to change the name to
28704 , add the following line to the preamble:
28707 \begin_layout Standard
28715 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28718 \begin_layout Subsection
28719 Nomenclature Program
28720 \begin_inset Index idx
28723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28724 Nomenclature ! Program
28730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28732 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28739 \begin_layout Standard
28740 LyX uses the program
28744 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28745 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28750 by adding options, see section
28751 \begin_inset space ~
28755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28757 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28762 The available options are listed and explained in
28763 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28765 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28772 \begin_layout Section
28774 \begin_inset Index idx
28777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28784 \begin_inset Index idx
28787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28788 Document ! Branches
28794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28796 name "sec:Branches"
28803 \begin_layout Standard
28804 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28805 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28806 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28807 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28810 \begin_layout Standard
28811 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28812 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28813 To create a branch, either select the menu
28815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28816 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28819 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28828 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28829 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28830 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28831 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28832 (see below for an example).
28833 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28834 to the name of the other) and to add
28835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28847 \begin_inset space ~
28850 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28851 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28854 \begin_layout Standard
28855 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28856 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28861 where you can choose a branch.
28862 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28867 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28868 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28871 \begin_layout Standard
28872 \begin_inset Branch Question
28875 \begin_layout Standard
28876 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28884 \begin_layout Standard
28885 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28888 \begin_layout Standard
28889 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28897 \begin_layout Standard
28904 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28905 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28908 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28909 Consider for example a file
28910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28917 which has the above branches.
28919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28926 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28950 branch were inactive,
28951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28966 branch was active, likewise
28967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28982 branch was active, and
28983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28986 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28990 if both branches were active.
28991 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28995 \begin_layout Standard
28996 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29002 \begin_layout Standard
29003 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29004 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29006 For example you can define for the question branch
29010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29011 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29012 \begin_inset space ~
29016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29018 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29030 \begin_layout Standard
29040 \begin_layout Standard
29050 \begin_layout Standard
29051 and for the answer branch
29054 \begin_layout Standard
29064 \begin_layout Standard
29074 \begin_layout Standard
29075 \begin_inset Branch Question
29078 \begin_layout Standard
29082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29110 \begin_layout Standard
29111 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29114 \begin_layout Standard
29118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29146 \begin_layout Standard
29147 Now it is possible to use the commands
29151 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29158 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29161 to obtain conditional output.
29162 Here is an example formula where only the
29169 \begin_inset Formula
29171 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29180 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29188 \begin_layout Section
29190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29192 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29197 \begin_inset Index idx
29200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29209 \begin_layout Standard
29214 dialog allows you in the
29218 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29219 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29224 \begin_inset Index idx
29227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29228 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29236 \begin_layout Standard
29241 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29242 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29243 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29245 You can specify in the dialog tab
29249 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29251 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29252 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29256 \begin_layout Standard
29261 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29262 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29263 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29265 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29266 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29268 \begin_inset space ~
29271 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29272 \begin_inset space ~
29275 1 will only display the sections.
29278 \begin_layout Standard
29279 The header information in the dialog tab
29283 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29284 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29289 \begin_inset space \space{}
29292 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29293 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29296 Automatic fill header
29298 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29299 title and author settings.
29302 \begin_layout Standard
29305 Load in fullscreen mode
29307 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29310 \begin_layout Standard
29311 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29312 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29318 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29319 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29328 \begin_layout Section
29329 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29332 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29339 \begin_layout Subsection
29341 \begin_inset Index idx
29344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29351 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29353 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29360 \begin_layout Standard
29361 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29362 constructs, but not all.
29363 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29364 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29365 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29366 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29367 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29371 \begin_layout Standard
29372 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29374 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29378 \begin_inset space ~
29383 or by the toolbar button
29390 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29394 \begin_layout Standard
29395 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29396 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29397 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29398 using the LaTeX-command
29404 , you can write the command part
29410 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29414 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29415 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29416 the following example:
29419 \begin_layout Standard
29420 \begin_inset Graphics
29421 filename clipart/ERT.png
29429 \begin_layout Standard
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29434 This is a line with a
29438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29461 \begin_layout Standard
29462 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29470 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29471 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29479 \begin_layout Subsection
29480 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29481 \begin_inset Argument
29484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29491 \begin_inset Index idx
29494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29503 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29510 \begin_layout Standard
29511 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29512 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29513 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29522 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29523 any time if you know the right commands.
29525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29529 \begin_inset space \space{}
29532 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29534 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29535 all caption labels bold.
29536 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29538 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29542 \begin_layout Standard
29543 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29544 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29545 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29547 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29556 \begin_layout Standard
29557 As result you know that the package
29562 \begin_inset Index idx
29565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29566 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29572 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29574 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29580 \begin_layout Standard
29585 usepackage[options]{package name}
29588 \begin_layout Standard
29589 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29590 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29591 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29594 \begin_layout Standard
29595 In your case the package name is
29600 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29605 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29606 So you add the command
29609 \begin_layout Standard
29614 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29617 \begin_layout Standard
29618 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29623 For more commands provided by the
29627 package, have a look at its documentation,
29628 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29642 \begin_layout Standard
29643 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29645 For example if you use a
29649 class, you don't need the package
29653 , you can instead write
29656 \begin_layout Standard
29661 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29666 \begin_layout Standard
29667 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29668 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29669 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29676 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29679 \begin_layout Standard
29680 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29681 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29683 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29684 the previous section.
29687 \begin_layout Standard
29688 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29690 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29692 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29699 \begin_layout Standard
29700 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29706 \begin_layout Standard
29710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29720 \begin_inset Note Note
29723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29724 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29732 \begin_layout Left Header
29733 \begin_inset Argument
29736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29756 \begin_inset Note Note
29759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29760 defines the header line as described below
29768 \begin_layout Center Header
29769 \begin_inset Argument
29772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29781 \begin_layout Right Header
29782 \begin_inset Argument
29785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29806 \begin_layout Left Footer
29807 \begin_inset Argument
29810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 \begin_layout Center Footer
29832 \begin_inset Argument
29835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29846 \begin_inset Newline newline
29850 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29856 \begin_layout Right Footer
29857 \begin_inset Argument
29860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 \begin_layout Section
29883 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29886 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29891 \begin_inset Index idx
29894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29895 Document ! Header/Footer line
29901 \begin_inset Index idx
29904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29913 \begin_layout Standard
29914 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29915 to set the headings style to
29921 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29927 \begin_inset space ~
29933 As second step add in the menu
29935 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29936 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29943 Custom Header/Footerlines
29944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29948 This module offers the 6
29949 \begin_inset space ~
29955 \begin_layout Description
29957 \begin_inset space ~
29961 \begin_inset space ~
29965 \begin_inset space ~
29969 \begin_inset space ~
29973 \begin_inset space ~
29979 \begin_layout Description
29981 \begin_inset space ~
29985 \begin_inset space ~
29989 \begin_inset space ~
29993 \begin_inset space ~
29997 \begin_inset space ~
30003 \begin_layout Standard
30004 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30007 \begin_layout Standard
30008 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30009 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
30011 \begin_inset space ~
30015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30017 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30021 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30024 \begin_layout Standard
30025 \begin_inset Float figure
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30034 \begin_inset Tabular
30035 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30036 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30037 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30038 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30039 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30041 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30059 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30070 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30088 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30099 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 The normal text on the page goes here.
30104 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30106 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30107 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30112 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30121 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30132 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30150 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30161 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30179 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30197 \begin_inset Caption
30199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30202 name "fig:Page-layout"
30206 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30219 \begin_layout Subsection
30223 \begin_layout Standard
30224 To define your header line, add all 3
30225 \begin_inset space ~
30229 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30230 the optional arguments on even pages.
30231 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30233 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30234 Defining the footer line works similar.
30237 \begin_layout Standard
30238 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 \begin_inset space ~
30262 \begin_layout Description
30265 thepage prints the current page number
30268 \begin_layout Description
30271 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30274 \begin_layout Description
30277 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30280 \begin_layout Description
30283 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30284 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30291 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30294 because it usually goes in a left header.
30297 \begin_layout Description
30300 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30301 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30303 It is normally used in the right header.
30306 \begin_layout Subsection
30307 Default header/footer
30310 \begin_layout Standard
30311 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30312 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30313 footer has the page number.
30314 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30315 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30316 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30319 \begin_inset space ~
30327 \begin_layout Subsection
30331 \begin_layout Standard
30332 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30333 Some pages are different.
30334 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30335 a new part or chapter in your book.
30336 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30337 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30338 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30341 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30342 Header and footer decoration line
30345 \begin_layout Standard
30346 By default, you get a 0.4
30347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30350 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30351 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30363 in the following scheme:
30366 \begin_layout Standard
30373 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30376 \begin_layout Standard
30377 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30386 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30393 \begin_layout Standard
30394 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30395 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30396 \begin_inset space ~
30400 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30409 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30410 Several header/footer lines
30413 \begin_layout Standard
30414 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30415 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30416 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30418 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30430 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30433 \begin_layout Standard
30440 headheight}{height}
30443 \begin_layout Standard
30444 Where height is a size in standard units.
30445 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30446 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30447 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30449 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30463 and look via the button
30466 \begin_inset space ~
30471 if you find a warning of the package
30476 \begin_inset Index idx
30479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30480 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30486 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30487 for your header/footer.
30490 \begin_layout Subsection
30494 \begin_layout Standard
30495 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30496 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30497 This example consists of the following definition:
30500 \begin_layout Description
30502 \begin_inset space ~
30511 , empty optional argument
30514 \begin_layout Description
30516 \begin_inset space ~
30519 Header empty, empty optional argument
30522 \begin_layout Description
30524 \begin_inset space ~
30533 in the optional argument
30536 \begin_layout Description
30538 \begin_inset space ~
30547 in the optional argument
30550 \begin_layout Description
30552 \begin_inset space ~
30564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30568 \begin_inset Newline newline
30572 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30579 in the optional argument
30582 \begin_layout Description
30584 \begin_inset space ~
30593 , empty optional argument
30596 \begin_layout Description
30599 headrulewidth set to 2
30600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30606 \begin_layout Standard
30607 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30609 For more special things like e.
30610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30614 \begin_inset space ~
30617 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30622 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30631 \begin_layout Standard
30632 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30638 \begin_layout Standard
30642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30646 pagestyle{headings}
30652 \begin_inset Note Note
30655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30656 switches back to page style with the default headings
30664 \begin_layout Section
30665 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30668 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30673 \begin_inset Index idx
30676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30683 \begin_inset Index idx
30686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30695 \begin_layout Standard
30696 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30697 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30698 to break your train of thought with
30700 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30706 \begin_layout Standard
30707 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30708 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30713 \begin_inset Index idx
30716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30717 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30722 as explained below, and turn on
30725 \begin_inset space ~
30732 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30736 \begin_inset space ~
30740 \begin_inset space ~
30743 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30748 \begin_inset space ~
30753 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30756 \begin_layout Standard
30757 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30759 Previews of an already loaded document are
30763 generated just by selecting the
30766 \begin_inset space ~
30771 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30774 \begin_layout Standard
30775 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30776 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30779 \begin_inset space ~
30784 check box in the insert dialog.
30785 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30789 \begin_layout Standard
30790 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30794 (on some systems named simply
30799 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30801 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30807 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30808 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30816 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30820 \begin_layout Standard
30821 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30827 \begin_layout Standard
30828 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30832 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30834 \begin_inset space ~
30839 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30840 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30842 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30843 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30844 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30845 the source view window.
30848 \begin_layout Section
30849 Advanced Find and Replace
30850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30852 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30857 \begin_inset Index idx
30860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30867 \begin_inset Index idx
30870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30879 \begin_layout Subsection
30883 \begin_layout Standard
30884 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30885 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30886 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30887 The key-features are:
30890 \begin_layout Itemize
30891 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30892 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30893 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30897 \begin_layout Itemize
30898 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30899 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30900 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30901 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30904 \begin_layout Itemize
30905 Search may be widened to a specific
30910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30914 \begin_inset space ~
30917 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30918 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30925 \begin_layout Itemize
30926 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30927 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30932 \begin_inset space ~
30935 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30938 \begin_layout Subsection
30942 \begin_layout Standard
30943 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30946 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30959 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30962 ) or the toolbar button
30965 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30971 Advanced Find and Replace
30976 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30980 \begin_layout Standard
30985 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30990 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30995 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30996 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30997 Pressing repeatedly
31001 keeps searching forward.
31002 Similarly, pressing
31006 searches for the entered text backwards.
31009 \begin_layout Standard
31010 While searching, the
31014 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31024 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31027 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31028 Searching for mathematics
31031 \begin_layout Standard
31032 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31036 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31037 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31040 or also something more complex like
31041 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31045 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31046 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31047 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31048 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31054 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31058 \begin_layout Standard
31059 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31060 This is done by switching to the
31064 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31069 This way, entering in the
31076 \begin_layout Itemize
31077 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31078 in emphasized or boldface.
31081 \begin_layout Itemize
31082 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31083 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31084 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31085 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31088 \begin_layout Itemize
31089 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31090 of if only within section headings.
31091 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31092 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31096 \begin_layout Itemize
31097 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31098 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31101 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31105 \begin_layout Standard
31106 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31110 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31118 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31122 button or alternatively
31144 \begin_layout Standard
31145 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31146 text segments in your document.
31147 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31151 \begin_layout Itemize
31152 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31153 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31161 with its typewriter version
31164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31174 \begin_layout Itemize
31175 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31181 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31193 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31200 (you may want to enable the
31208 options and disable the
31216 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31224 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31225 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31229 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31232 , or occurrences of
31233 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31237 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31243 \begin_layout Subsection
31247 \begin_layout Standard
31248 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31253 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31255 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31257 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31266 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31272 This is done via the menu
31274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31275 Insert Regular Expression
31277 while the cursor is in the
31282 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31283 expression matching rules
31287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31288 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31294 \begin_inset space ~
31297 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31298 to match expressions.
31303 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31304 same text in the document.
31305 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31306 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31309 \begin_layout Enumerate
31310 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31315 editor the fraction
31316 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31320 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31323 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31324 fractions with the given denominator.
31327 \begin_layout Enumerate
31328 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31340 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31345 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31346 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31348 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31351 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31352 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31355 \begin_layout Standard
31356 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31357 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31358 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31361 , and referring back to them through
31362 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31366 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31370 For example, try searching for the regexp
31371 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31374 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31377 \begin_layout Standard
31378 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31379 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31380 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31385 \begin_inset space ~
31389 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31392 always refers to the first occurrence of
31393 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31396 in all entered regexps.
31399 \begin_layout Standard
31400 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31404 \begin_layout Section
31406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31408 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31413 \begin_inset Index idx
31416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31425 \begin_layout Standard
31426 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31429 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31436 or the toolbar button
31439 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31442 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31443 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31444 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31445 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31446 scrolled so that it is visible.
31447 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31448 n, if any could be found.
31449 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31453 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31454 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31457 \begin_layout Standard
31458 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31461 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31465 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31466 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31467 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31468 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31469 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31470 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31473 \begin_layout Subsection
31477 \begin_layout Standard
31478 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31481 \begin_inset space ~
31484 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31487 you can set the following things:
31490 \begin_layout Description
31492 \begin_inset space ~
31495 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31496 Depending on your platform,
31510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31511 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31512 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31527 \begin_layout Description
31529 \begin_inset space ~
31532 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31533 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31536 \begin_layout Description
31538 \begin_inset space ~
31541 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31547 \begin_inset space \space{}
31551 This should normally not be needed.
31554 \begin_layout Description
31556 \begin_inset space ~
31560 \begin_inset space ~
31563 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31575 \begin_layout Description
31577 \begin_inset space ~
31580 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31581 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31582 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31583 in the context menu.
31584 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31588 \begin_layout Description
31590 \begin_inset space ~
31594 \begin_inset space ~
31598 \begin_inset space ~
31601 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31605 \begin_layout Section
31607 \begin_inset Index idx
31610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31619 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31626 \begin_layout Standard
31627 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31628 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31638 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31640 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31649 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31650 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31651 are available for many languages.
31654 \begin_layout Standard
31655 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31659 \begin_layout Subsection
31660 Setting up the thesaurus
31663 \begin_layout Standard
31671 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31676 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31681 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31687 en_EN for English).
31688 For instance, the English files are named:
31691 \begin_layout Itemize
31695 \begin_layout Itemize
31699 \begin_layout Standard
31700 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31701 already on your system.
31702 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31703 \begin_inset Flex URL
31706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31708 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31714 \begin_inset Flex URL
31717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31719 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
31728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31729 Note that, as of OpenOffice
31730 \begin_inset space ~
31734 \begin_inset Flex URL
31737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31739 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31744 are usually packed in extension archives (
31748 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31750 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31751 unpack a zip archive.
31764 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31765 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31767 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31768 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31772 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31775 \begin_layout Subsection
31776 Using the thesaurus
31779 \begin_layout Standard
31780 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31782 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31785 or the toolbar button
31788 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31791 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31793 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31795 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31796 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31797 and hyponyms (such as
31805 ), compounds (such as
31809 ) and antonyms (such as
31817 ), which are marked as such.
31820 \begin_layout Standard
31821 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31822 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31826 \begin_layout Standard
31827 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31828 the dictionary, such as the above
31832 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31833 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31837 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31838 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31839 For example looking up the word forms
31847 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31852 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31865 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31866 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31867 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31870 \begin_layout Section
31872 \begin_inset Index idx
31875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31882 \begin_inset Index idx
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31886 Document ! Change Tracking
31892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31894 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31901 \begin_layout Standard
31902 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31903 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31904 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31905 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31909 \begin_inset space ~
31912 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31914 \begin_inset space ~
31922 \begin_layout Standard
31923 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31937 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31938 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31941 \begin_inset space ~
31945 \begin_inset space ~
31955 \begin_inset Index idx
31958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31959 Color ! Change tracking
31964 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31965 the cursor is in changed text.
31966 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31969 arg "changes-merge"
31975 \begin_layout Standard
31976 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31977 \begin_inset Index idx
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 \begin_layout Standard
31990 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31996 \begin_layout Standard
31997 \begin_inset Graphics
31998 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32006 \begin_layout Standard
32007 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32013 \begin_layout Standard
32014 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32018 \begin_layout Standard
32019 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32025 \begin_layout Standard
32026 \begin_inset Tabular
32027 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32028 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32029 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32030 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32040 arg "changes-track"
32048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32054 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32056 \begin_inset space ~
32059 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32061 \begin_inset space ~
32070 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 arg "changes-output"
32087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32093 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32095 \begin_inset space ~
32098 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32100 \begin_inset space ~
32104 \begin_inset space ~
32108 \begin_inset space ~
32117 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32138 Jumps to the next change
32144 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32153 arg "change-accept"
32161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32167 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32169 \begin_inset space ~
32172 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32174 \begin_inset space ~
32183 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32192 arg "change-reject"
32200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32206 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32208 \begin_inset space ~
32211 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32213 \begin_inset space ~
32222 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32231 arg "changes-merge"
32239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32247 \begin_inset space ~
32250 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32252 \begin_inset space ~
32261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32270 arg "all-changes-accept"
32278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32284 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32286 \begin_inset space ~
32289 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32291 \begin_inset space ~
32295 \begin_inset space ~
32304 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32313 arg "all-changes-reject"
32321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32329 \begin_inset space ~
32332 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32334 \begin_inset space ~
32338 \begin_inset space ~
32347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32371 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32373 \begin_inset space ~
32382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32407 \begin_inset space ~
32423 \begin_layout Standard
32424 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32430 \begin_layout Standard
32431 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32432 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32433 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32434 the next change after the current cursor position.
32435 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32436 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32437 step to the next change.
32438 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32441 \begin_layout Standard
32442 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32443 to describe a change.
32446 \begin_layout Standard
32447 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32452 \begin_inset Index idx
32455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32456 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32462 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32463 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32469 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32472 \begin_layout Section
32473 Comparison of Documents
32474 \begin_inset Index idx
32477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32478 Comparison of documents
32486 \begin_layout Standard
32487 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32489 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32493 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32495 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32498 \begin_inset space ~
32502 \begin_inset space ~
32506 \begin_inset space ~
32511 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
32516 \begin_inset space ~
32520 \begin_inset space ~
32524 \begin_inset space ~
32528 \begin_inset space ~
32532 \begin_inset space ~
32536 \begin_inset space ~
32541 enables the change tracking option
32544 \begin_inset space ~
32548 \begin_inset space ~
32552 \begin_inset space ~
32557 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32560 \begin_layout Section
32561 International Support
32562 \begin_inset Index idx
32565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32566 International support
32574 \begin_layout Standard
32575 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32576 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32577 how to set up LyX to use them:
32578 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32580 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32587 \begin_layout Standard
32588 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32589 \begin_inset space ~
32593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32595 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32602 \begin_layout Subsection
32604 \begin_inset Index idx
32607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32614 \begin_inset Index idx
32617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32618 Document ! Settings
32624 \begin_inset Index idx
32627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32628 Document ! Language
32636 \begin_layout Standard
32639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32642 dialog lets you set
32644 the language and character encoding for your language.
32648 \begin_layout Standard
32649 Choose your language in the
32653 section of this dialog.
32661 \begin_layout Standard
32666 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32671 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32672 For details about the different encoding options see section
32673 \begin_inset space ~
32677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32679 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
32686 \begin_layout Subsection
32687 Keyboard mapping configuration
32688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32690 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32697 \begin_layout Standard
32698 If you have for example a U.
32699 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32702 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
32703 can use an alternate keymap.
32704 For example, if you have a U.
32705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32708 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
32709 use an Italian keymap.
32710 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32712 \begin_inset space ~
32716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32718 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32723 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32724 which one you want to use.
32727 \begin_layout Standard
32728 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32729 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32730 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32731 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32732 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32733 one to support the characters you want.
32734 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32741 \begin_layout Subsection
32745 \begin_layout Standard
32747 \begin_inset space ~
32751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32753 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32762 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32766 \begin_layout Standard
32767 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32768 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32776 \begin_layout Itemize
32777 Even if you have selected
32783 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32786 dialog, users who have only the
32790 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32794 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32795 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32796 french quotes won't show up.
32799 \begin_layout Standard
32800 \begin_inset Float table
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32806 \begin_inset Caption
32808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32811 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 \begin_inset Tabular
32830 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32831 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32832 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32833 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32834 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32837 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32838 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32839 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32840 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32841 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32842 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32843 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37261 \begin_layout Standard
37262 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37264 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37265 also the characters from
37277 \begin_layout Itemize
37286 \begin_layout Standard
37287 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37288 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37294 \begin_layout Standard
37295 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37296 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37302 \begin_layout Standard
37303 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37304 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37310 \begin_layout Standard
37311 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37312 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37318 \begin_layout Standard
37320 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37326 \begin_layout Standard
37328 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37334 \begin_layout Standard
37336 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37343 \begin_layout Itemize
37356 \begin_layout Standard
37358 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37364 \begin_layout Standard
37366 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37372 \begin_layout Standard
37374 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37380 \begin_layout Standard
37382 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37388 \begin_layout Standard
37390 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37396 \begin_layout Standard
37398 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37405 \begin_layout Standard
37406 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37407 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37408 Also make sure you're using the
37415 \begin_layout Chapter
37418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37420 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37427 \begin_layout Standard
37428 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37429 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37430 topic inside the user's guide.
37433 \begin_layout Section
37435 \begin_inset Index idx
37438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37447 \begin_layout Standard
37452 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37455 \begin_layout Subsection
37459 \begin_layout Standard
37460 Creates a new document.
37463 \begin_layout Subsection
37467 \begin_layout Standard
37468 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37469 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37470 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37473 \begin_layout Subsection
37477 \begin_layout Standard
37481 \begin_layout Subsection
37485 \begin_layout Standard
37486 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37487 Click there on a file to open it.
37490 \begin_layout Subsection
37494 \begin_layout Standard
37495 Closes the current document.
37498 \begin_layout Subsection
37502 \begin_layout Standard
37503 Closes all opened documents.
37506 \begin_layout Subsection
37510 \begin_layout Standard
37511 Saves the actual document.
37514 \begin_layout Subsection
37518 \begin_layout Standard
37519 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37522 \begin_layout Subsection
37526 \begin_layout Standard
37527 Saves all opened documents.
37530 \begin_layout Subsection
37534 \begin_layout Standard
37535 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37538 \begin_layout Subsection
37542 \begin_layout Standard
37543 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37544 It is described in the section
37546 Version Control in LyX
37550 Additional Features
37555 \begin_layout Subsection
37559 \begin_layout Standard
37560 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37561 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37562 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37563 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37566 \begin_layout Standard
37567 When using the menu entry
37570 \begin_inset space ~
37575 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37579 \begin_inset space ~
37583 \begin_inset space ~
37588 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37589 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37592 \begin_layout Subsection
37594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37603 \begin_layout Standard
37604 You can export your document to various file formats.
37605 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37606 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37607 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37610 \begin_layout Standard
37611 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37613 \begin_inset space ~
37617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37619 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37626 \begin_layout Description
37632 \begin_inset space ~
37639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37646 yX format of the special LyX
37647 \begin_inset space ~
37650 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
37651 \begin_inset Newline newline
37654 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37657 \begin_layout Description
37658 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
37664 \begin_layout Description
37666 \begin_inset space ~
37669 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
37675 \begin_layout Description
37676 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
37677 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
37678 files paths or file names in your document.
37679 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
37686 \begin_layout Description
37687 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
37688 paths or file names
37691 \begin_layout Description
37693 \begin_inset space ~
37700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37707 eX) DVI-format using the program
37711 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
37714 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37722 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
37730 \begin_layout Description
37732 \begin_inset space ~
37735 Dot text file with code in the programming language
37739 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
37744 \begin_layout Description
37745 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37749 \begin_layout Description
37751 \begin_inset space ~
37755 \begin_inset space ~
37758 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37762 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37770 \begin_layout Description
37777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37785 \begin_inset space ~
37796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37809 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37814 \begin_layout Description
37821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37829 \begin_inset space ~
37834 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37835 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37839 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37842 \begin_layout Description
37849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37857 \begin_inset space ~
37862 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37863 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37871 \begin_layout Description
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37886 \begin_inset space ~
37897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37910 text file with the LaTeX source that it is compilable with the program
37915 \begin_layout Description
37917 \begin_inset space ~
37921 \begin_inset space ~
37930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37939 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
37940 music notation software
37945 \begin_layout Description
37952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37962 \begin_inset space ~
37966 \begin_inset space ~
37969 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
37970 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files,
37974 \begin_layout Description
37981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37991 \begin_inset space ~
37994 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
37995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38010 represent the version number)
38013 \begin_layout Description
38020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38029 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38032 \begin_layout Description
38033 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38038 \begin_layout Description
38039 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38052 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38056 \begin_layout Description
38060 \begin_inset space ~
38065 PDF-format using the program
38069 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38072 \begin_layout Description
38076 \begin_inset space ~
38083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38092 PDF-format using the program
38096 , produces PDF-files directly
38099 \begin_layout Description
38103 \begin_inset space ~
38108 PDF-format using the program
38112 , produces PDF-files directly
38115 \begin_layout Description
38119 \begin_inset space ~
38124 PDF-format using the program
38128 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38131 \begin_layout Description
38135 \begin_inset space ~
38142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38151 PDF-format using the program
38155 , produces PDF-files directly
38158 \begin_layout Description
38162 \begin_inset space ~
38170 \begin_layout Description
38174 \begin_inset space ~
38178 \begin_inset space ~
38183 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38184 and then exported as text using the program
38189 \begin_layout Description
38194 PostScript format using the program
38199 \begin_layout Description
38200 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38201 programming language
38214 it is possible to use
38221 \begin_layout Standard
38222 If one of the menu entries
38229 \begin_inset space ~
38238 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38239 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38240 \begin_inset space ~
38244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38246 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38251 \begin_inset Index idx
38254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38255 Reconfiguration of LyX
38263 \begin_layout Subsection
38267 \begin_layout Standard
38268 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38269 format or send it to a printer.
38270 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38271 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38277 For more information have a look at section
38278 \begin_inset space ~
38282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38284 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38291 \begin_layout Subsection
38295 \begin_layout Standard
38296 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38297 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38298 prefix, see section
38299 \begin_inset space ~
38303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38305 reference "sec:Paths"
38310 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38319 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38320 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38321 \begin_inset space ~
38325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38327 reference "sub:Converters"
38334 \begin_layout Subsection
38335 New and Close Window
38338 \begin_layout Standard
38339 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38342 \begin_layout Subsection
38346 \begin_layout Standard
38347 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38350 \begin_layout Section
38352 \begin_inset Index idx
38355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38364 \begin_layout Subsection
38368 \begin_layout Standard
38369 Described in section
38370 \begin_inset space ~
38374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38376 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38383 \begin_layout Subsection
38384 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38387 \begin_layout Standard
38388 Described in section
38389 \begin_inset space ~
38393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38395 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38402 \begin_layout Subsection
38406 \begin_layout Standard
38407 Selects the whole document.
38410 \begin_layout Subsection
38411 Find & Replace (Quick)
38414 \begin_layout Standard
38415 Described in section
38416 \begin_inset space ~
38420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38422 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38429 \begin_layout Subsection
38430 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38433 \begin_layout Standard
38434 Described in section
38435 \begin_inset space ~
38439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38441 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38448 \begin_layout Subsection
38449 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38452 \begin_layout Standard
38453 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38457 \begin_layout Subsection
38461 \begin_layout Standard
38462 Described in section
38463 \begin_inset space ~
38467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38469 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38476 \begin_layout Subsection
38478 \begin_inset Index idx
38481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38482 Paragraph ! Settings
38490 \begin_layout Standard
38491 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38492 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38495 \begin_layout Standard
38496 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38497 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38499 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38505 \begin_inset space ~
38513 \begin_layout Subsection
38514 Table Settings and Math
38517 \begin_layout Standard
38518 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38520 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38521 The properties of tables are described in section
38522 \begin_inset space ~
38526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38528 reference "sec:Tables"
38532 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38533 \begin_inset space ~
38537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38539 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38546 \begin_layout Subsection
38547 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38550 \begin_layout Standard
38551 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38552 that can be nested.
38553 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38554 \begin_inset space ~
38558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38560 reference "sec:Nesting"
38565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38567 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38574 \begin_layout Section
38576 \begin_inset Index idx
38579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38588 \begin_layout Standard
38593 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38594 document with an external program.
38595 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38596 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38597 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38598 \begin_inset space ~
38602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38604 reference "sub:Export"
38609 You should at least see the menu entries
38616 \begin_inset space ~
38622 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38623 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38624 \begin_inset space ~
38628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38630 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38635 \begin_inset Index idx
38638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38639 Reconfiguration of LyX
38647 \begin_layout Standard
38648 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38649 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38650 \begin_inset space ~
38654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38656 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38661 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38664 \begin_layout Standard
38665 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38668 At the bottom of the
38672 menu the opened documents are listed.
38675 \begin_layout Subsection
38676 Open/Close all Insets
38679 \begin_layout Standard
38680 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38683 \begin_layout Subsection
38684 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38687 \begin_layout Standard
38688 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38691 \begin_layout Standard
38692 Math macros are described in the
38699 \begin_layout Subsection
38703 \begin_layout Standard
38704 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38706 \begin_inset space ~
38710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38712 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38719 \begin_layout Subsection
38723 \begin_layout Standard
38724 Opens a window showing console messages.
38725 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38729 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38730 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38733 \begin_layout Subsection
38737 \begin_layout Standard
38738 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38739 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38746 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38750 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38757 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38761 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38762 The default output format is
38765 \begin_inset space ~
38773 \begin_layout Subsection
38774 View (Other Formats)
38777 \begin_layout Standard
38778 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38781 \begin_layout Subsection
38785 \begin_layout Standard
38786 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38787 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38788 opening a new viewer window.
38791 \begin_layout Subsection
38792 Update (Other Formats)
38795 \begin_layout Standard
38796 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38797 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38800 \begin_layout Subsection
38801 View Master Document
38804 \begin_layout Standard
38805 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38821 \begin_inset space ~
38826 manual for more information on this topic).
38827 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38828 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38833 generates the output of the whole book, while
38837 will just output the chapter alone.
38840 \begin_layout Standard
38841 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38842 in the preferences (see sec.
38843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38849 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38853 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38860 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38867 \begin_layout Subsection
38868 Update Master Document
38871 \begin_layout Standard
38872 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38888 \begin_inset space ~
38893 manual for more information on this topic).
38894 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38895 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38898 \begin_layout Standard
38899 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38900 in the preferences (see sec.
38901 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38907 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38911 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38912 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38918 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38925 \begin_layout Subsection
38929 \begin_layout Standard
38930 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38931 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38932 view the same document, but at different positions.
38933 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38934 or more documents at the same time.
38935 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38942 \begin_layout Subsection
38946 \begin_layout Standard
38947 Closes a split view.
38950 \begin_layout Subsection
38954 \begin_layout Standard
38955 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38956 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38957 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38958 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38959 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38962 \begin_layout Subsection
38964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38966 name "sub:Toolbars"
38971 \begin_inset Index idx
38974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38983 \begin_layout Standard
38984 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38985 All toolbars and the
38988 \begin_inset space ~
38993 can be turned on and off.
38998 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39010 \begin_inset space ~
39019 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39023 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39030 \begin_layout Standard
39035 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39039 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39040 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39041 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
39042 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
39043 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39046 \begin_layout Standard
39047 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39048 \begin_inset space ~
39052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39054 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39061 \begin_layout Section
39063 \begin_inset Index idx
39066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39075 \begin_layout Subsection
39079 \begin_layout Standard
39080 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39081 \begin_inset space ~
39085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39087 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39098 \begin_layout Subsection
39100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39102 name "sub:Special-Character"
39109 \begin_layout Standard
39110 Here you can insert the following characters:
39113 \begin_layout Description
39114 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39115 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39116 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39117 \begin_inset Newline newline
39121 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39129 Not all characters will be visible in the
39133 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39141 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39145 ) can display every character.
39153 \begin_layout Description
39154 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39158 \begin_layout Description
39160 \begin_inset space ~
39164 \begin_inset space ~
39167 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39168 \begin_inset space ~
39172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39174 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39181 \begin_layout Description
39183 \begin_inset space ~
39186 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39189 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39199 \begin_layout Description
39201 \begin_inset space ~
39204 Quote Inserts this quote:
39205 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39211 \begin_layout Description
39213 \begin_inset space ~
39216 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39220 \begin_layout Description
39222 \begin_inset space ~
39225 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39229 \begin_layout Description
39231 \begin_inset space ~
39234 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39238 \begin_layout Description
39240 \begin_inset space ~
39244 \begin_inset Index idx
39247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39254 \begin_inset Index idx
39257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39258 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39263 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39264 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39265 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39270 \begin_inset Index idx
39273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39274 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39280 \begin_inset Newline newline
39283 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39287 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39295 and this Wiki-page:
39296 \begin_inset Newline newline
39300 \begin_inset Flex URL
39303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39305 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39313 \begin_layout Subsection
39317 \begin_layout Standard
39318 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39321 \begin_layout Description
39322 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39323 \begin_inset script superscript
39325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39334 \begin_layout Description
39335 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39336 \begin_inset script subscript
39338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39347 \begin_layout Description
39349 \begin_inset space ~
39352 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39353 \begin_inset space ~
39357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39359 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39366 \begin_layout Description
39368 \begin_inset space ~
39371 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39372 \begin_inset space ~
39376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39378 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39385 \begin_layout Description
39387 \begin_inset space ~
39390 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39391 \begin_inset space ~
39395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39397 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39404 \begin_layout Description
39406 \begin_inset space ~
39409 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39410 \begin_inset space ~
39414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39416 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39423 \begin_layout Description
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39428 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39429 \begin_inset space ~
39433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39435 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39442 \begin_layout Description
39444 \begin_inset space ~
39447 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39448 \begin_inset space ~
39452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39454 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39461 \begin_layout Description
39462 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39463 \begin_inset space ~
39467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39469 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39476 \begin_layout Description
39478 \begin_inset space ~
39481 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39482 \begin_inset space ~
39486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39488 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39495 \begin_layout Description
39497 \begin_inset space ~
39500 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39501 \begin_inset space ~
39505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39507 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39514 \begin_layout Description
39516 \begin_inset space ~
39520 \begin_inset space ~
39523 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39524 \begin_inset space ~
39528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39530 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39537 \begin_layout Description
39539 \begin_inset space ~
39542 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39543 text line to the page border, see section
39544 \begin_inset space ~
39548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39550 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39557 \begin_layout Description
39559 \begin_inset space ~
39562 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39563 \begin_inset space ~
39567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39569 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39576 \begin_layout Description
39578 \begin_inset space ~
39581 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39582 text page to the page border, described in section
39583 \begin_inset space ~
39587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39589 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39596 \begin_layout Description
39598 \begin_inset space ~
39601 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39602 \begin_inset space ~
39606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39608 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39615 \begin_layout Description
39617 \begin_inset space ~
39621 \begin_inset space ~
39624 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39625 \begin_inset space ~
39629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39631 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39638 \begin_layout Subsection
39642 \begin_layout Standard
39643 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39644 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39646 \begin_inset space ~
39650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39652 reference "sec:toc"
39657 The index list is described in section
39658 \begin_inset space ~
39662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39664 reference "sec:Index"
39668 , the nomenclature in section
39669 \begin_inset space ~
39673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39675 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39679 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39680 \begin_inset space ~
39684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39686 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39693 \begin_layout Subsection
39697 \begin_layout Standard
39698 To insert floats, described in section
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39705 reference "sec:Floats"
39712 \begin_layout Subsection
39716 \begin_layout Standard
39717 To insert notes, described in section
39718 \begin_inset space ~
39722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39724 reference "sec:Notes"
39731 \begin_layout Subsection
39735 \begin_layout Standard
39736 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39737 \begin_inset space ~
39741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39743 reference "sec:Branches"
39750 \begin_layout Subsection
39754 \begin_layout Standard
39755 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39756 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39758 An example is the document class
39759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39766 with three custom insets.
39769 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39775 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39778 \begin_layout Subsection
39780 \begin_inset Index idx
39783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39792 \begin_layout Standard
39793 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39794 files in your document.
39795 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39802 \begin_inset space ~
39810 \begin_layout Subsection
39812 \begin_inset Index idx
39815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39824 \begin_layout Standard
39825 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39826 \begin_inset space ~
39830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39832 reference "sec:Minipages"
39837 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39844 \begin_inset space ~
39852 \begin_layout Subsection
39856 \begin_layout Standard
39857 Inserts a citation as described in section
39858 \begin_inset space ~
39862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39864 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39871 \begin_layout Subsection
39875 \begin_layout Standard
39876 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39877 \begin_inset space ~
39881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39883 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39890 \begin_layout Subsection
39894 \begin_layout Standard
39895 Inserts a label as described in section
39896 \begin_inset space ~
39900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39902 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39909 \begin_layout Subsection
39911 \begin_inset Index idx
39914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39921 \begin_inset Index idx
39924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39925 Longtables ! Caption
39933 \begin_layout Standard
39934 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39935 Floats are described in section
39936 \begin_inset space ~
39940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39942 reference "sec:Floats"
39946 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39953 \begin_inset space ~
39961 \begin_layout Subsection
39965 \begin_layout Standard
39966 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39967 \begin_inset space ~
39971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39973 reference "sec:Index"
39980 \begin_layout Subsection
39984 \begin_layout Standard
39985 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39986 \begin_inset space ~
39990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39992 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39999 \begin_layout Subsection
40003 \begin_layout Standard
40005 Tables are described in section
40006 \begin_inset space ~
40010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40012 reference "sec:Tables"
40019 \begin_layout Subsection
40023 \begin_layout Standard
40025 Graphics are described in section
40026 \begin_inset space ~
40030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40032 reference "sec:Graphics"
40039 \begin_layout Subsection
40043 \begin_layout Standard
40044 Inserts an URL as described in section
40045 \begin_inset space ~
40049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40051 reference "sub:URLs"
40058 \begin_layout Subsection
40062 \begin_layout Standard
40063 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40064 \begin_inset space ~
40068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40070 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40077 \begin_layout Subsection
40081 \begin_layout Standard
40082 Inserts a footnote, see section
40083 \begin_inset space ~
40087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40089 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40096 \begin_layout Subsection
40100 \begin_layout Standard
40101 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40102 \begin_inset space ~
40106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40108 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40115 \begin_layout Subsection
40119 \begin_layout Standard
40120 Inserts a short title, see section
40121 \begin_inset space ~
40125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40127 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40134 \begin_layout Subsection
40138 \begin_layout Standard
40139 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40140 \begin_inset space ~
40144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40146 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40153 \begin_layout Subsection
40155 \begin_inset Index idx
40158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40167 \begin_layout Standard
40168 Inserts a program listings box.
40169 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40171 Program Code Listings
40176 \begin_inset space ~
40184 \begin_layout Subsection
40188 \begin_layout Standard
40189 Inserts the actual date.
40190 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40192 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40200 \begin_inset space ~
40208 \begin_layout Section
40210 \begin_inset Index idx
40213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40222 \begin_layout Standard
40223 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40224 \begin_inset space ~
40227 of the current document.
40228 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40231 \begin_layout Subsection
40235 \begin_layout Standard
40236 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40237 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40243 \begin_inset space \space{}
40247 \begin_inset space ~
40251 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40252 \begin_inset space ~
40255 2.5 and use the menu
40258 \begin_inset space ~
40262 \begin_inset space ~
40269 \begin_inset space ~
40275 \begin_inset space ~
40279 \begin_inset space ~
40285 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40289 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40295 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40301 \begin_layout Standard
40302 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40303 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40306 \begin_layout Subsection
40307 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40310 \begin_layout Standard
40311 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40315 \begin_layout Subsection
40319 \begin_layout Standard
40320 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40321 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40322 on a cross-reference box.
40325 \begin_layout Subsection
40329 \begin_layout Standard
40330 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40331 in the output, see section
40334 \begin_inset space ~
40342 \begin_inset space ~
40347 manual for a detailed description.
40350 \begin_layout Section
40352 \begin_inset Index idx
40355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40364 \begin_layout Subsection
40368 \begin_layout Standard
40369 Change Tracking is described in section
40370 \begin_inset space ~
40374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40376 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40383 \begin_layout Subsection
40388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40398 \begin_layout Standard
40399 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40401 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40404 \begin_layout Standard
40405 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40410 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40413 \begin_layout Subsection
40417 \begin_layout Standard
40418 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40419 \begin_inset space ~
40423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40425 reference "sec:Navigating"
40430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40432 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40439 \begin_layout Subsection
40440 Start Appendix Here
40443 \begin_layout Standard
40444 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40445 position as described in section
40446 \begin_inset space ~
40450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40452 reference "sec:Appendices"
40459 \begin_layout Subsection
40463 \begin_layout Standard
40464 Un/compresses the current document.
40467 \begin_layout Subsection
40471 \begin_layout Standard
40472 The document settings are described in appendix
40473 \begin_inset space ~
40477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40479 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40486 \begin_layout Section
40488 \begin_inset Index idx
40491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40500 \begin_layout Subsection
40504 \begin_layout Standard
40505 Spell checking is explained in section
40506 \begin_inset space ~
40510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40512 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40519 \begin_layout Subsection
40523 \begin_layout Standard
40524 The thesaurus is described in section
40525 \begin_inset space ~
40529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40531 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40538 \begin_layout Subsection
40540 \begin_inset Index idx
40543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40550 \begin_inset Index idx
40553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40562 \begin_layout Standard
40563 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40567 \begin_layout Subsection
40569 \begin_inset Index idx
40572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40581 \begin_layout Standard
40582 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40585 \begin_layout Subsection
40587 \begin_inset Index idx
40590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40591 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40602 Reconfiguration of LyX
40606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40619 \begin_inset Index idx
40622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40623 Reconfiguration of LyX
40631 \begin_layout Standard
40632 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40633 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40634 \begin_inset space ~
40638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40640 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40647 \begin_layout Subsection
40651 \begin_layout Standard
40652 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40653 \begin_inset space ~
40657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40659 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
40666 \begin_layout Section
40668 \begin_inset Index idx
40671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40680 \begin_layout Standard
40681 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40683 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
40686 \begin_layout Standard
40690 \begin_inset space ~
40695 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40696 found by LyX (see also section
40697 \begin_inset space ~
40701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40703 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40710 \begin_layout Section
40712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40714 name "sec:Toolbars"
40721 \begin_layout Standard
40722 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40723 \begin_inset space ~
40727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40729 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40736 \begin_layout Standard
40737 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40738 This is described in the
40740 Additional Features
40745 \begin_layout Subsection
40747 \begin_inset Index idx
40750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40759 \begin_layout Standard
40760 \begin_inset Graphics
40761 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40769 \begin_layout Standard
40770 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40776 \begin_layout Standard
40777 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40794 \begin_inset Note Note
40797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40798 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40803 manual for more information.
40811 \begin_layout Standard
40812 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40818 \begin_layout Standard
40819 \begin_inset Tabular
40820 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40821 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40822 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40823 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40829 \begin_inset Graphics
40830 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40844 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40857 \begin_layout Standard
40858 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40864 \begin_layout Standard
40866 \begin_inset Tabular
40867 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40868 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40869 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40870 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40871 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40894 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40901 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40924 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40954 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40970 arg "dialog-show print"
40978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40984 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40991 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41014 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41044 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41074 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41081 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41104 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41111 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41134 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41141 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41164 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41171 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41180 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41194 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41218 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41232 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41233 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41261 Emphasize text, function of the
41263 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41265 \begin_inset space ~
41276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41297 Set text to noun style, function of the
41299 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41301 \begin_inset space ~
41312 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41321 arg "textstyle-apply"
41329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41333 Formats text using the current settings in the
41335 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41337 \begin_inset space ~
41348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41372 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41374 \begin_inset space ~
41383 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41392 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41406 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41413 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41420 arg "tabular-insert"
41428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41441 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41450 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41462 Toggle outline window on/off,
41464 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41471 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41480 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41492 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41498 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41507 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41519 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41532 \begin_layout Subsection
41534 \begin_inset Index idx
41537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41546 \begin_layout Standard
41547 \begin_inset Graphics
41548 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41556 \begin_layout Standard
41557 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41563 \begin_layout Standard
41564 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41568 \begin_layout Standard
41569 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41575 \begin_layout Standard
41576 \begin_inset Tabular
41577 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41578 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41579 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41580 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41617 arg "layout Enumerate"
41625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41635 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41644 arg "layout Itemize"
41652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41662 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41689 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41698 arg "layout Description"
41706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41716 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41725 arg "depth-increment"
41733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41739 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41741 \begin_inset space ~
41745 \begin_inset space ~
41754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41763 arg "depth-decrement"
41771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41777 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41779 \begin_inset space ~
41783 \begin_inset space ~
41792 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41801 arg "float-insert figure"
41809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41816 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41823 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41832 arg "float-insert table"
41840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41846 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41847 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41854 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41893 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41914 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41923 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41937 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41944 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41969 \begin_inset space ~
41978 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41987 arg "nomencl-insert"
41995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42001 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42003 \begin_inset space ~
42012 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42021 arg "footnote-insert"
42029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42042 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42051 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42067 \begin_inset space ~
42076 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42100 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42102 \begin_inset space ~
42111 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42120 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42134 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42141 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42164 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42171 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42194 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42211 \begin_inset space ~
42220 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42229 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42243 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42244 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42260 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42275 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42277 \begin_inset space ~
42286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42295 arg "dialog-show character"
42303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42309 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42311 \begin_inset space ~
42320 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42329 arg "layout-paragraph"
42337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42345 \begin_inset space ~
42354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42363 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42377 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42391 \begin_layout Subsection
42392 View / Update Toolbar
42393 \begin_inset Index idx
42396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42397 Toolbar ! View / Update
42405 \begin_layout Standard
42406 \begin_inset Graphics
42407 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42414 \begin_layout Standard
42415 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42421 \begin_layout Standard
42422 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42426 \begin_layout Standard
42427 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42433 \begin_layout Standard
42434 \begin_inset Tabular
42435 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42436 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42437 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42438 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42439 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42462 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42478 arg "buffer-update"
42486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42492 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42508 arg "master-buffer-view"
42516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42522 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42538 arg "master-buffer-update"
42546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42552 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42554 \begin_inset space ~
42563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42572 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42586 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42587 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42588 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42589 Synchronize with Output
42595 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42600 \begin_inset Graphics
42601 filename ../images/view-others.png
42603 groupId toolbarbuttons
42614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42620 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42621 View (Other Formats)
42627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42632 \begin_inset Graphics
42633 filename ../images/update-others.png
42635 groupId toolbarbuttons
42644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42650 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42651 Update (Other Formats)
42664 \begin_layout Standard
42665 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42669 \begin_layout Subsection
42673 \begin_layout Standard
42674 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42675 \begin_inset space ~
42679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42681 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42685 , the table toolbar
42686 \begin_inset Index idx
42689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42698 \begin_inset space ~
42703 manual, the math macro toolbar
42704 \begin_inset Index idx
42707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42720 \begin_layout Chapter
42721 The Document Settings
42722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42724 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
42729 \begin_inset Index idx
42732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42733 Document ! Settings
42741 \begin_layout Standard
42742 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42743 whole document and is called with the menu
42745 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42749 You can save your document settings as default with th
42751 e Save as Document Defaults
42753 button in the dialog.
42754 This will create a template named
42758 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42762 \begin_layout Standard
42763 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42766 \begin_layout Section
42770 \begin_layout Standard
42771 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42773 Document classes are described in section
42774 \begin_inset space ~
42778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42780 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42785 Some classes use some class options by default.
42786 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42790 and you can decide to use them or not.
42791 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42792 recommended not to touch them.
42797 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
42802 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42803 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42809 When you want to use one of the following drivers
42810 \begin_inset Newline newline
42815 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42818 \begin_inset Newline newline
42821 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42826 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42828 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42840 \begin_layout Standard
42841 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42842 child or subdocument.
42843 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42844 without its master.
42845 This way child documents are always compilable.
42846 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42853 \begin_inset space ~
42861 \begin_layout Standard
42862 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
42872 \begin_inset Index idx
42875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42876 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
42882 \begin_inset Index idx
42885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42886 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
42891 for cross-references, see sec.
42892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42898 reference "sec:Cross-References"
42905 \begin_layout Section
42909 \begin_layout Standard
42910 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42911 Please refer to the section
42914 \begin_inset space ~
42922 \begin_inset space ~
42927 manual for details.
42930 \begin_layout Section
42934 \begin_layout Standard
42935 Modules are explained in section
42936 \begin_inset space ~
42940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42942 reference "sub:Modules"
42949 \begin_layout Section
42953 \begin_layout Standard
42955 \begin_inset space ~
42959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42961 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
42968 \begin_layout Section
42972 \begin_layout Standard
42973 The document font settings are described in section
42974 \begin_inset space ~
42978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42980 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42987 \begin_layout Section
42991 \begin_layout Standard
42992 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42994 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42998 \begin_layout Standard
42999 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43000 That is impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
43001 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43004 \begin_layout Section
43008 \begin_layout Standard
43009 A description of this menu is given in section
43010 \begin_inset space ~
43014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43016 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43023 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43030 \begin_layout Section
43034 \begin_layout Standard
43035 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43036 \begin_inset space ~
43040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43042 reference "sub:Margins"
43049 \begin_layout Section
43051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43053 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43058 \begin_inset Index idx
43061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43062 Language ! Encoding
43070 \begin_layout Standard
43071 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43072 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43073 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43074 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43075 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43076 known for a particular character).
43080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43081 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43086 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43091 manual for details.
43099 \begin_layout Standard
43100 If you use the option
43104 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43105 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43106 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43107 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43108 exactly one encoding.
43109 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43112 \begin_layout Standard
43113 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43114 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43115 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43116 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43117 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43118 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43123 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43124 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43125 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43126 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43127 engines to standard LaTeX.
43128 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43129 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43132 \begin_inset space ~
43139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43151 \begin_inset space ~
43158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43170 \begin_inset space ~
43176 \begin_inset space ~
43180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43182 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43187 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43191 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43194 \begin_layout Standard
43198 \begin_inset space ~
43203 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43213 The possible settings are:
43216 \begin_layout Description
43217 Default is the package
43222 \begin_inset Index idx
43225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43226 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43234 \begin_layout Description
43235 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43236 format you will use.
43237 For example for the XeTeX formats the package
43242 \begin_inset Index idx
43245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43246 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43251 will be used instead of
43258 \begin_layout Description
43260 \begin_inset space ~
43263 Babel uses in every case
43270 \begin_layout Description
43271 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43272 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43276 (for German texts), type in
43279 \begin_inset Newline newline
43284 usepackage{ngerman}
43287 \begin_layout Description
43288 None will not use a language package.
43289 This necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43292 \begin_layout Standard
43293 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43296 \begin_layout Description
43298 \begin_inset space ~
43302 \begin_inset space ~
43306 \begin_inset space ~
43313 , but the LaTeX-package
43318 \begin_inset Index idx
43321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43322 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43328 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43329 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43330 languages in TeX code.
43333 \begin_layout Description
43334 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43335 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43336 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43339 \begin_layout Description
43341 \begin_inset space ~
43345 \begin_inset space ~
43348 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43351 \begin_layout Description
43353 \begin_inset space ~
43357 \begin_inset space ~
43360 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43363 \begin_layout Description
43365 \begin_inset space ~
43368 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43371 \begin_layout Description
43373 \begin_inset space ~
43377 \begin_inset space ~
43380 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43381 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43384 \begin_layout Description
43386 \begin_inset space ~
43390 \begin_inset space ~
43393 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43397 \begin_layout Description
43399 \begin_inset space ~
43403 \begin_inset space ~
43406 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43407 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43410 \begin_layout Description
43412 \begin_inset space ~
43416 \begin_inset space ~
43420 \begin_inset space ~
43423 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43424 \begin_inset space ~
43430 \begin_layout Description
43432 \begin_inset space ~
43436 \begin_inset space ~
43440 \begin_inset space ~
43443 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43444 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43447 \begin_layout Description
43449 \begin_inset space ~
43453 \begin_inset space ~
43456 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43457 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43458 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43459 \begin_inset space ~
43463 \begin_inset space ~
43469 \begin_layout Description
43471 \begin_inset space ~
43475 \begin_inset space ~
43478 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43479 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43480 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43481 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43482 \begin_inset space ~
43486 \begin_inset space ~
43492 \begin_layout Description
43494 \begin_inset space ~
43498 \begin_inset space ~
43501 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43504 \begin_layout Description
43506 \begin_inset space ~
43510 \begin_inset space ~
43513 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43516 \begin_layout Description
43518 \begin_inset space ~
43522 \begin_inset space ~
43525 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43528 \begin_layout Description
43530 \begin_inset space ~
43533 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43536 \begin_layout Description
43538 \begin_inset space ~
43541 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43544 \begin_layout Description
43546 \begin_inset space ~
43550 \begin_inset space ~
43553 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43556 \begin_layout Description
43558 \begin_inset space ~
43562 \begin_inset space ~
43568 \begin_layout Description
43570 \begin_inset space ~
43574 \begin_inset space ~
43577 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43580 \begin_layout Description
43582 \begin_inset space ~
43586 \begin_inset space ~
43592 \begin_layout Description
43594 \begin_inset space ~
43598 \begin_inset space ~
43601 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43606 \begin_inset Index idx
43609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43610 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43615 , when using this, set the document language to
43620 \begin_layout Description
43622 \begin_inset space ~
43626 \begin_inset space ~
43629 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43633 , when using this, set the document language to
43636 \begin_inset space ~
43642 \begin_layout Description
43644 \begin_inset space ~
43648 \begin_inset space ~
43651 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43656 \begin_inset Index idx
43659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43660 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43665 , when using this, set the document language to
43670 \begin_layout Description
43672 \begin_inset space ~
43676 \begin_inset space ~
43679 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43683 , when using this, set the document language to
43688 \begin_layout Description
43690 \begin_inset space ~
43694 \begin_inset space ~
43697 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43701 , when using this, set the document language to
43706 \begin_layout Description
43708 \begin_inset space ~
43711 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43714 \begin_layout Description
43716 \begin_inset space ~
43720 \begin_inset space ~
43724 \begin_inset space ~
43727 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43730 \begin_layout Description
43732 \begin_inset space ~
43736 \begin_inset space ~
43740 \begin_inset space ~
43743 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43744 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43745 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43748 \begin_layout Description
43750 \begin_inset space ~
43754 \begin_inset space ~
43760 \begin_layout Description
43762 \begin_inset space ~
43766 \begin_inset space ~
43769 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43770 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43773 \begin_layout Description
43775 \begin_inset space ~
43779 \begin_inset space ~
43782 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43787 \begin_inset Index idx
43790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43791 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43796 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43799 \begin_layout Description
43801 \begin_inset space ~
43805 \begin_inset space ~
43808 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43816 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43821 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43823 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43826 \begin_layout Description
43828 \begin_inset space ~
43832 \begin_inset space ~
43835 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43840 \begin_inset Index idx
43843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43844 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43849 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43852 \begin_layout Description
43854 \begin_inset space ~
43857 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43862 \begin_inset Index idx
43865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43866 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43872 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43876 \begin_layout Description
43878 \begin_inset space ~
43882 \begin_inset space ~
43886 \begin_inset space ~
43889 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43890 \begin_inset space ~
43896 \begin_layout Description
43898 \begin_inset space ~
43902 \begin_inset space ~
43906 \begin_inset space ~
43909 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43910 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43911 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43915 \begin_layout Description
43917 \begin_inset space ~
43921 \begin_inset space ~
43925 \begin_inset space ~
43928 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43929 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43932 \begin_layout Standard
43933 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43937 LatexCommand formatted
43938 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43942 for more information on the language package.
43945 \begin_layout Section
43949 \begin_layout Standard
43950 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43951 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43952 \begin_inset space ~
43956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43958 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43965 \begin_layout Section
43969 \begin_layout Standard
43970 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43975 \begin_inset Index idx
43978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43979 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43989 \begin_inset Index idx
43992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43993 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43999 You can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
44004 \begin_inset Index idx
44007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44008 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44013 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44015 For a further description see section
44016 \begin_inset space ~
44020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44022 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44029 \begin_layout Section
44033 \begin_layout Standard
44034 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44035 and you can define additional indexes.
44036 Please refer to section
44037 \begin_inset space ~
44041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44043 reference "sec:Index"
44050 \begin_layout Section
44054 \begin_layout Standard
44055 The PDF properties are explained in section
44056 \begin_inset space ~
44060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44062 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44069 \begin_layout Section
44073 \begin_layout Standard
44074 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44079 \begin_inset Index idx
44082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44083 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44093 \begin_inset Index idx
44096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44097 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44103 \begin_inset Index idx
44106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44107 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44117 \begin_inset Index idx
44120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44121 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44126 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44129 \begin_layout Description
44130 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44131 ensure that you have enabled
44134 \begin_inset space ~
44142 \begin_layout Description
44143 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44158 \begin_layout Description
44159 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44170 \begin_layout Description
44171 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44173 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44182 \begin_layout Section
44186 \begin_layout Standard
44187 The float placement options are described in section
44190 \begin_inset space ~
44198 \begin_inset space ~
44206 \begin_layout Section
44210 \begin_layout Standard
44211 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44213 Program Code Listings
44218 \begin_inset space ~
44226 \begin_layout Section
44230 \begin_layout Standard
44231 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44232 The itemize environment is described in section
44233 \begin_inset space ~
44237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44239 reference "sec:Itemize"
44246 \begin_layout Section
44250 \begin_layout Standard
44251 Branches are described in section
44252 \begin_inset space ~
44256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44258 reference "sec:Branches"
44265 \begin_layout Section
44267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44269 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44276 \begin_layout Standard
44277 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44280 \begin_layout Description
44282 \begin_inset space ~
44286 \begin_inset space ~
44289 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44309 View Master Document
44310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44317 Update Master Document
44318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44325 menu or the toolbar.
44326 The default is set in
44328 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44329 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44338 LatexCommand formatted
44339 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44346 \begin_layout Description
44348 \begin_inset space ~
44352 \begin_inset space ~
44355 Output settings for the menu
44357 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44359 \begin_inset space ~
44365 For a detailed description see section
44367 Reverse DVI/PDF search
44372 \begin_inset space ~
44380 \begin_layout Description
44382 \begin_inset space ~
44386 \begin_inset space ~
44389 Options settings for the export format
44397 \begin_inset space ~
44402 will assure that the output follows exactly version
44403 \begin_inset space ~
44406 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
44410 \begin_inset space ~
44415 settings are described in detail in section
44417 Math Output in XHTML
44422 \begin_inset space ~
44428 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
44431 \begin_layout Section
44436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44446 \begin_layout Standard
44447 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44448 to define LaTeX-commands.
44449 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44450 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44454 \begin_layout Standard
44455 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44456 \begin_inset space ~
44460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44462 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44469 \begin_layout Chapter
44475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44477 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
44482 \begin_inset Index idx
44485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44494 \begin_layout Standard
44495 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44497 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44501 It has the following submenus.
44504 \begin_layout Section
44508 \begin_layout Subsection
44512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44513 User Interface File
44514 \begin_inset Index idx
44517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44518 Customization ! of toolbars
44524 \begin_inset Index idx
44527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44528 Customization ! of menus
44536 \begin_layout Standard
44537 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44545 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44554 \begin_layout Standard
44555 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44556 interface (ui) file.
44557 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44558 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44567 Both files are loaded by the
44572 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44573 files and edit the entries.
44576 \begin_layout Standard
44577 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44589 entries must be ended with an explicit
44614 and in the case of the
44615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44627 The syntax for the entries is:
44630 \begin_layout Standard
44631 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44659 \begin_layout Standard
44661 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44664 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44666 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44668 \begin_inset space ~
44676 \begin_layout Standard
44677 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44683 \begin_layout Standard
44684 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44686 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44689 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44693 \begin_layout Standard
44694 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44718 \begin_layout Standard
44720 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44723 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44726 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44730 \begin_layout Standard
44733 Enable tool tips in main work area
44735 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44739 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44743 \begin_layout Standard
44747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44754 restoring of window layout and geometries
44756 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44757 in the last LyX session.
44760 \begin_layout Standard
44763 Restore cursor positions
44765 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44769 \begin_layout Standard
44772 Load opened files from last session
44774 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44781 name "sub:Backup documents"
44786 \begin_inset Index idx
44789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44798 \begin_layout Standard
44803 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44806 \begin_layout Standard
44811 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44814 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44816 \begin_inset space ~
44824 \begin_layout Standard
44827 Open documents in tabs
44829 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44833 \begin_layout Subsection
44835 \begin_inset Index idx
44838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44847 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44854 \begin_layout Standard
44855 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44858 \begin_layout Standard
44859 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44867 This section only deals with the fonts
44872 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44875 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44876 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44887 \begin_layout Standard
44888 By default, LyX uses
44892 as roman (serif) font,
44900 (depends on the system) as
44903 \begin_inset space ~
44919 \begin_layout Standard
44920 You can change the font size with the
44925 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44926 current LyX session by pressing
44930 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44933 \begin_layout Standard
44938 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44939 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44944 points have the size of 1
44945 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44949 \begin_inset space ~
44953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44955 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44962 \begin_layout Standard
44967 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44972 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44973 \begin_inset space ~
44977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44979 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44986 \begin_layout Standard
44989 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44991 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44992 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44993 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44994 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44996 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44997 \begin_inset space ~
45003 \begin_layout Subsection
45005 \begin_inset Index idx
45008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45015 \begin_inset Index idx
45018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45027 \begin_layout Standard
45028 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
45029 Choose an item in the list and use the
45036 \begin_layout Subsection
45038 \begin_inset Index idx
45041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45050 \begin_layout Standard
45051 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45054 \begin_layout Standard
45059 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45060 This feature is described in section
45061 \begin_inset space ~
45065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45067 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45074 \begin_layout Standard
45078 \begin_inset space ~
45082 \begin_inset space ~
45086 \begin_inset space ~
45091 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45094 \begin_layout Section
45096 \begin_inset Index idx
45099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45108 \begin_layout Subsection
45112 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45116 \begin_layout Standard
45119 Cursor follows scrollbar
45121 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45125 \begin_layout Standard
45126 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
45131 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
45132 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
45135 \begin_layout Standard
45138 Sort environments alphabetically
45140 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45143 \begin_layout Standard
45146 Group environments by their category
45148 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45151 \begin_layout Standard
45152 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45164 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45168 \begin_layout Standard
45169 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45174 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45175 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45179 \begin_layout Subsection
45181 \begin_inset Index idx
45184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45191 \begin_inset Index idx
45194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45195 Settings ! Shortcuts
45203 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45207 \begin_layout Standard
45208 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45209 Several binding files are available:
45212 \begin_layout Description
45213 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45216 \begin_layout Description
45217 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45228 \begin_layout Description
45229 mac.bind set of bindings for
45232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45240 \begin_layout Standard
45241 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45245 , and bind files for special languages.
45246 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45251 \begin_inset space \space{}
45255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45263 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45267 \begin_layout Standard
45268 Some bind-files, like
45272 , have only a small scope.
45273 When looking at the end of the file
45277 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45284 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45289 \begin_inset Index idx
45292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45293 Key Bindings ! Editing
45301 \begin_layout Standard
45302 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45303 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45304 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45307 Show key-bindings containing
45310 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45311 Insert there for example as keyword
45312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45319 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45329 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45330 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45334 that you will find in the
45341 \begin_layout Standard
45343 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45347 \begin_inset space \space{}
45358 , select the function and press the
45363 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45364 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45365 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45366 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45367 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45369 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45371 The binding for the function
45375 is an example of this.
45378 \begin_layout Standard
45379 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45381 The syntax of the entries is:
45384 \begin_layout Standard
45390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45408 \begin_layout Subsection
45410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45412 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45417 \begin_inset Index idx
45420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45427 \begin_inset Index idx
45430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45431 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45439 \begin_layout Standard
45440 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45441 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45447 \begin_inset space \space{}
45450 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45451 can use the keyboard map file named
45458 \begin_layout Standard
45459 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45467 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45475 \begin_layout Standard
45476 Besides this, you can specify here the
45478 Wheel scrolling speed
45481 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45485 \begin_layout Subsection
45487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45489 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45494 \begin_inset Index idx
45497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45506 \begin_layout Standard
45507 Input completion is described in sec.
45508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45514 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45519 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45521 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45522 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45526 \begin_layout Section
45528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45535 \begin_inset Index idx
45538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45545 \begin_inset Index idx
45548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45557 \begin_layout Description
45559 \begin_inset space ~
45562 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45563 It is the default when you
45574 \begin_inset space ~
45582 \begin_layout Description
45584 \begin_inset space ~
45587 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45589 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45591 \begin_inset space ~
45595 \begin_inset space ~
45603 \begin_layout Description
45605 \begin_inset space ~
45608 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45614 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45618 \begin_inset Newline newline
45622 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45634 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45642 \begin_layout Description
45644 \begin_inset space ~
45648 \begin_inset Index idx
45651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45657 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45658 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45659 \begin_inset space ~
45663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45665 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45673 will be used to save the backups.
45674 \begin_inset Newline newline
45677 The backup files have the ending
45678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45688 \begin_layout Description
45693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45700 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45701 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45702 \begin_inset Newline newline
45709 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
45710 You can edit this file with the program
45719 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
45722 \begin_inset space ~
45728 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
45733 and click on the LyX-symbol.
45734 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
45740 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
45741 \begin_inset Newline newline
45745 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45753 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45761 \begin_layout Description
45763 \begin_inset space ~
45766 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45769 \begin_layout Description
45771 \begin_inset space ~
45774 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45775 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45776 to find it on the system.
45777 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45778 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45787 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45788 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45792 \begin_layout Section
45796 \begin_layout Standard
45797 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45798 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45800 \begin_inset space ~
45804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45806 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45810 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45813 \begin_layout Section
45815 \begin_inset Index idx
45818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45819 Language ! Settings
45825 \begin_inset Index idx
45828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45829 Settings ! Language
45837 \begin_layout Subsection
45839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45841 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45848 \begin_layout Description
45850 \begin_inset space ~
45854 \begin_inset space ~
45857 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45858 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45859 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45860 You find the actual translation status here:
45861 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45863 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45864 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45871 \begin_layout Description
45873 \begin_inset space ~
45876 language is the language used in new documents
45879 \begin_layout Description
45881 \begin_inset space ~
45884 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45886 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45887 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45904 The most widespread language package is
45909 \begin_inset Index idx
45912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45913 LaTeX-packages ! babel
45918 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45919 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45920 with the alternative language package
45925 \begin_inset Index idx
45928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45929 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
45934 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45935 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45937 The available selections are described in sec.
45938 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45944 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
45951 \begin_layout Description
45953 \begin_inset space ~
45957 \begin_inset space ~
45960 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45964 \begin_layout Description
45966 \begin_inset space ~
45969 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45970 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45971 An example is the start command
45977 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45982 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45997 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46002 \begin_layout Description
46004 \begin_inset space ~
46012 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46013 command toggles the package on and off.
46016 \begin_layout Description
46018 \begin_inset space ~
46022 \begin_inset space ~
46025 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46026 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46027 used by all LaTeX-packages.
46028 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46035 \begin_layout Description
46037 \begin_inset space ~
46040 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
46042 When this option is not set, the
46045 \begin_inset space ~
46050 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
46051 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
46054 \begin_inset space ~
46062 \begin_layout Description
46064 \begin_inset space ~
46070 \begin_inset space ~
46076 When it is not set, the
46079 \begin_inset space ~
46084 is set to the end of the document.
46087 \begin_layout Description
46089 \begin_inset space ~
46093 \begin_inset space ~
46096 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
46097 language will be underlined blue.
46100 \begin_layout Description
46102 \begin_inset space ~
46106 \begin_inset space ~
46109 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
46110 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
46113 \begin_layout Description
46115 \begin_inset space ~
46118 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
46119 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
46120 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
46121 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
46124 \begin_layout Subsection
46128 \begin_layout Standard
46129 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46130 \begin_inset space ~
46134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46136 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
46143 \begin_layout Section
46147 \begin_layout Subsection
46149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46156 \begin_inset Index idx
46159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46166 \begin_inset Index idx
46169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46178 \begin_layout Description
46180 \begin_inset space ~
46183 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46184 The name will be used when the
46189 \begin_inset Newline newline
46193 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46201 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46209 \begin_layout Description
46211 \begin_inset space ~
46214 command is the command LyX
46215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46222 LaTeX uses for printing.
46223 The default is on most systems
46230 \begin_layout Description
46232 \begin_inset space ~
46236 \begin_inset space ~
46239 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46240 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46241 of the program that provides the
46248 \begin_layout Description
46250 \begin_inset space ~
46254 \begin_inset space ~
46258 \begin_inset space ~
46261 printer This option works only for the
46266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46278 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46279 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46282 \begin_layout Subsection
46284 \begin_inset Index idx
46287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46294 \begin_inset Index idx
46297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46298 Settings ! Date format
46306 \begin_layout Standard
46307 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46308 \begin_inset Newline newline
46312 \begin_inset Flex URL
46315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46317 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46323 \begin_inset Newline newline
46326 For example the format
46327 \begin_inset Newline newline
46331 \begin_inset Newline newline
46334 prints the date as day/month/year.
46337 \begin_layout Subsection
46341 \begin_layout Description
46343 \begin_inset space ~
46347 \begin_inset space ~
46350 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46353 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46354 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46356 \begin_inset space ~
46362 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46366 \begin_layout Description
46368 \begin_inset space ~
46371 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46376 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46377 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46380 \begin_layout Subsection
46385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46395 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46400 \begin_inset Index idx
46403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46412 \begin_layout Description
46414 \begin_inset space ~
46421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46429 \begin_inset space ~
46433 \begin_inset space ~
46436 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46441 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46463 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46476 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46477 LyX sets up in the background.
46478 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46481 \begin_layout Description
46483 \begin_inset space ~
46487 \begin_inset space ~
46490 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46495 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46498 \begin_layout Standard
46499 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46500 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46501 manuals of the applications.
46502 Currently the following commands can be set:
46505 \begin_layout Description
46510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46518 \begin_inset space ~
46521 command Command for the program
46525 that is described in the section
46531 Additional Features
46536 \begin_layout Description
46541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46549 \begin_inset space ~
46552 command Command for the program
46556 that generates the bibliography, see section
46557 \begin_inset space ~
46561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46563 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46570 \begin_layout Description
46572 \begin_inset space ~
46575 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46576 \begin_inset space ~
46580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46582 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46589 \begin_layout Description
46591 \begin_inset space ~
46594 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46595 \begin_inset space ~
46599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46601 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46608 \begin_layout Description
46610 \begin_inset space ~
46614 \begin_inset space ~
46618 \begin_inset space ~
46622 \begin_inset space ~
46625 options They only have an effect when the program
46629 is used as DVI-viewer.
46632 \begin_layout Standard
46633 There are additionally the following options:
46636 \begin_layout Description
46638 \begin_inset space ~
46642 \begin_inset space ~
46646 \begin_inset space ~
46650 \begin_inset space ~
46654 \begin_inset space ~
46657 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46675 to separate folders.
46676 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46677 \begin_inset Index idx
46680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46687 \begin_inset Index idx
46690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46699 \begin_layout Description
46701 \begin_inset space ~
46705 \begin_inset space ~
46709 \begin_inset space ~
46713 \begin_inset space ~
46717 \begin_inset space ~
46721 \begin_inset space ~
46724 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46729 dialog when changing the document class.
46732 \begin_layout Section
46734 \begin_inset space ~
46738 \begin_inset Index idx
46741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46750 \begin_layout Subsection
46752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46754 name "sub:Converters"
46759 \begin_inset Index idx
46762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46771 \begin_layout Standard
46772 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46773 from one format to another.
46774 You can modify them or create new ones.
46775 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46782 \begin_inset space ~
46792 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46796 \begin_inset space ~
46801 drop-down list, modify the
46805 field, and press the
46812 \begin_layout Standard
46815 Converter File Cache
46817 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46820 Maximum Age (in days
46823 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46824 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46827 \begin_layout Standard
46828 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46829 the converter definition, is described in the section
46840 \begin_layout Subsection
46842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46844 name "sec:File-Formats"
46849 \begin_inset Index idx
46852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46859 \begin_inset Index idx
46862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46871 \begin_layout Standard
46872 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46873 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46877 \begin_layout Standard
46878 Furthermore, you can define the
46879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46882 Default output format
46883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46886 that is used when you hit
46887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46906 View Master Document
46907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46914 Update Master Document
46915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46918 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46921 \begin_layout Standard
46922 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46923 is described in the section
46934 \begin_layout Standard
46935 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46936 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46937 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46938 This is done by specifying a
46943 More about this is described in the section
46954 \begin_layout Chapter
46955 Units available in LyX
46956 \begin_inset Index idx
46959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46968 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46975 \begin_layout Standard
46976 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46979 reference "cap:Units"
46983 explains all units available in LyX.
46986 \begin_layout Standard
46987 \begin_inset Float table
46993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46994 \begin_inset Caption
46996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47012 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47020 \begin_inset Tabular
47021 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47022 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47024 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47152 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47175 scaled point (65536
47176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47180 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47236 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47291 % of original image width
47298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47505 \begin_layout Chapter
47507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47516 \begin_layout Standard
47517 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47518 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47521 \begin_layout Itemize
47524 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47527 \begin_layout Itemize
47533 \begin_layout Itemize
47539 \begin_layout Itemize
47545 \begin_layout Itemize
47551 \begin_layout Itemize
47557 \begin_layout Itemize
47563 \begin_layout Itemize
47569 \begin_layout Itemize
47572 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47575 \begin_layout Itemize
47581 \begin_layout Itemize
47587 \begin_layout Itemize
47593 \begin_layout Itemize
47599 \begin_layout Itemize
47605 \begin_layout Itemize
47611 \begin_layout Itemize
47617 \begin_layout Itemize
47623 \begin_layout Itemize
47625 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47634 \begin_layout Standard
47635 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47638 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47645 \begin_layout Bibliography
47646 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47647 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47648 LatexCommand bibitem
47655 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47658 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47663 \begin_inset Newline newline
47667 \begin_inset Flex URL
47670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47672 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
47680 \begin_layout Bibliography
47681 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47682 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47683 LatexCommand bibitem
47684 key "latexcompanion"
47688 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47690 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47693 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47696 \begin_layout Bibliography
47697 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47698 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47699 LatexCommand bibitem
47704 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47707 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47710 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47713 \begin_layout Bibliography
47714 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47715 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47716 LatexCommand bibitem
47723 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47726 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47729 \begin_layout Bibliography
47730 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47731 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47732 LatexCommand bibitem
47744 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47747 \begin_layout Bibliography
47748 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47749 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47750 LatexCommand bibitem
47756 \begin_inset Newline newline
47760 \begin_inset Flex URL
47763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47765 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47773 \begin_layout Bibliography
47774 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47775 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47776 LatexCommand bibitem
47782 \begin_inset Newline newline
47786 \begin_inset Flex URL
47789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47791 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47799 \begin_layout Bibliography
47800 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47801 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47802 LatexCommand bibitem
47808 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47810 name "Documentation"
47811 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47820 \begin_inset Newline newline
47824 \begin_inset Flex URL
47827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47829 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47837 \begin_layout Bibliography
47838 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47839 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47840 LatexCommand bibitem
47846 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47848 name "Documentation"
47849 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47853 how to use the program
47858 \begin_inset Newline newline
47862 \begin_inset Flex URL
47865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47867 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47875 \begin_layout Bibliography
47876 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47877 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47878 LatexCommand bibitem
47884 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47886 name "Documentation"
47887 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
47896 \begin_inset Newline newline
47900 \begin_inset Flex URL
47903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47905 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
47913 \begin_layout Bibliography
47914 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47915 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47916 LatexCommand bibitem
47922 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47924 name "Documentation"
47925 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47934 \begin_inset Newline newline
47938 \begin_inset Flex URL
47941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47943 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47951 \begin_layout Bibliography
47952 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47953 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47954 LatexCommand bibitem
47960 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47962 name "Documentation"
47963 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47967 of the LaTeX-package
47972 \begin_inset Index idx
47975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47976 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47982 \begin_inset Newline newline
47986 \begin_inset Flex URL
47989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47991 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47999 \begin_layout Bibliography
48000 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48001 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48002 LatexCommand bibitem
48008 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48010 name "Documentation"
48011 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48015 of the LaTeX-package
48020 \begin_inset Index idx
48023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48024 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48030 \begin_inset Newline newline
48034 \begin_inset Flex URL
48037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48039 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
48047 \begin_layout Bibliography
48048 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48049 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48050 LatexCommand bibitem
48056 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48058 name "Documentation"
48059 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48063 of the LaTeX-package
48068 \begin_inset Index idx
48071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48072 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
48078 \begin_inset Newline newline
48082 \begin_inset Flex URL
48085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48087 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48095 \begin_layout Bibliography
48096 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48097 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48098 LatexCommand bibitem
48106 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48108 name "Documentation"
48109 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
48115 of the LaTeX-package
48120 \begin_inset Index idx
48123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48124 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
48130 \begin_inset Newline newline
48134 \begin_inset Flex URL
48137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48139 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
48147 \begin_layout Bibliography
48148 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48149 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48150 LatexCommand bibitem
48156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48158 name "Documentation"
48159 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
48163 of the LaTeX-package
48168 \begin_inset Index idx
48171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48172 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
48178 \begin_inset Newline newline
48182 \begin_inset Flex URL
48185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48187 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
48195 \begin_layout Bibliography
48196 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48197 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48198 LatexCommand bibitem
48204 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48206 name "Documentation"
48207 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
48211 of the LaTeX-package
48216 \begin_inset Index idx
48219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48220 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
48226 \begin_inset Newline newline
48230 \begin_inset Flex URL
48233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48235 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
48243 \begin_layout Bibliography
48244 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48245 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48246 LatexCommand bibitem
48252 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48254 name "Documentation"
48255 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
48259 of the LaTeX-package
48264 \begin_inset Index idx
48267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48268 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
48274 \begin_inset Newline newline
48278 \begin_inset Flex URL
48281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48283 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
48291 \begin_layout Bibliography
48292 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48293 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48294 LatexCommand bibitem
48300 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48302 name "Documentation"
48303 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48307 of the LaTeX-package
48312 \begin_inset Index idx
48315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48316 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48322 \begin_inset Newline newline
48326 \begin_inset Flex URL
48329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48331 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48339 \begin_layout Bibliography
48340 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48341 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48342 LatexCommand bibitem
48348 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48351 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48355 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48356 \begin_inset Newline newline
48360 \begin_inset Flex URL
48363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48365 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48373 \begin_layout Bibliography
48374 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48375 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48376 LatexCommand bibitem
48382 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48385 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48389 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48390 \begin_inset Newline newline
48394 \begin_inset Flex URL
48397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48399 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48407 \begin_layout Bibliography
48408 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48409 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48410 LatexCommand bibitem
48416 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48419 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48423 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48424 \begin_inset Newline newline
48428 \begin_inset Flex URL
48431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48433 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48441 \begin_layout Bibliography
48442 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48443 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48444 LatexCommand bibitem
48450 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48453 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48457 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48458 \begin_inset Newline newline
48462 \begin_inset Flex URL
48465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48467 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48475 \begin_layout Bibliography
48476 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48477 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48478 LatexCommand bibitem
48484 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48487 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48491 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48492 \begin_inset Newline newline
48496 \begin_inset Flex URL
48499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48501 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48509 \begin_layout Bibliography
48510 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48511 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48512 LatexCommand bibitem
48518 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48521 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48525 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48526 \begin_inset Newline newline
48530 \begin_inset Flex URL
48533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48535 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48543 \begin_layout Bibliography
48544 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48545 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48546 LatexCommand bibitem
48552 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48555 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48559 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48560 \begin_inset Newline newline
48564 \begin_inset Flex URL
48567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48569 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48577 \begin_layout Bibliography
48578 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48579 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48580 LatexCommand bibitem
48586 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48589 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48593 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48594 \begin_inset Newline newline
48598 \begin_inset Flex URL
48601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48603 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48611 \begin_layout Bibliography
48612 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48613 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48614 LatexCommand bibitem
48620 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48623 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48627 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48628 \begin_inset Newline newline
48632 \begin_inset Flex URL
48635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48637 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48645 \begin_layout Bibliography
48646 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48647 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48648 LatexCommand bibitem
48654 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48657 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48661 about new features in
48666 \begin_inset Newline newline
48670 \begin_inset Flex URL
48673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48675 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48683 \begin_layout Standard
48684 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48718 \begin_inset Note Note
48721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48728 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48729 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48730 bibliography is the second one:
48738 \begin_layout Standard
48739 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48740 LatexCommand bibtex
48741 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48742 options "biblio/alphadin"
48749 \begin_layout Standard
48750 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48753 \begin_layout Standard
48754 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48755 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48761 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48762 LatexCommand printindex